Quarterlytics / Industrials / Specialty Business Services / Collectors Universe Inc.

Collectors Universe Inc.

clct · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker clct
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Specialty Business Services
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2006 Annual Report · Collectors Universe Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Dear Fellow Stockholders:

Your Company has now completed three
phases of the plan to continue its growth into
the future and we are in the early stages of
entering the next phase.

➤ In fiscal 2004, we undertook the task

of repositioning your Company into its
historic and core competency in the
authentication and grading business of
high value assets by disposing of our
collectibles sales businesses that were in
the business of buying, selling and
auctioning of the same high value assets.
➤ In fiscal 2005, we raised capital to fund
the expansion of the authentication and
grading business model we had
successfully replicated into four markets
over our history and began a campaign of
selective acquisitions to enter new markets and prudently expand in our current markets to support our growth.
➤ In fiscal 2006 just concluded, during the celebration of our 20 year anniversary, we completed our acquisitions
into the market for authentication and grading of diamonds. Also, as a result of our continuing analysis of
possible target acquisitions in the jewelry authentication and grading market, we completed an acquisition in
colored gemstones just two months following year end. 

Your Executive Officers for 2006 are (left to right) Michael J. Lewis, Senior Vice
President Finance, Michael R. Haynes, Chief Executive Officer, David G. Hall,
Co-Founder and President, Joseph J. Wallace, Chief Financial Officer.

Our goals for fiscal 2006 were to:

1. Continue to increase the penetration of our existing services in our existing markets.
2. Integrate recently acquired businesses into our existing markets and expand the application of their technologies

into other markets that we currently serve.

3. Enter the market for authenticating and grading in at least one of the following four identified segments of the

jewelry market: single stone diamonds, single stone colored gemstones, branded luxury watches, and
manufactured jewelry such as necklaces and bracelets.

4. Evaluate other markets for expansion and make prudent acquisitions or entries into those markets when

opportunities to do so are confirmed.

With those goals in mind, here is a brief list of the accomplishments in fiscal 2006:

•  Net revenues increased 10% to a new record level of $36.9 million from $33.6 million from the prior fiscal year

for our continuing operations.

•  Units were up 13% to a new record level of 3.2 million units, valued at almost $1.8 billion, from the prior year

total of 2.9 million units, valued at approximately $1.3 billion. 

•  Operating divisions in Coins, Sportscards, Autographs and Stamps each set new records for units processed,

with increases of 7%, 11%, 135% and 46%, respectively, over the prior year.

•  Our Autograph division increased units processed to 181,000 units, or 6% of total units processed, from 77,000,
or 3% of the total units processed, becoming the third division to join Coins and Sportcards to become 5% or
more of total units processed. 

•  Acquisitions completed in early fiscal 2006 contributed to the increase of non-authentication and grading
related service revenues to a new record of $3.7 million, up 39% from $2.7 million from the prior year. 

•  We completed the acquisition of Gem Certification & Assurance Lab, Inc. (GCAL) and the acquisition of the

assets of Gemprint, Inc. to enter the market for authentication and grading of diamonds.

•  We continued the analysis of the jewelry markets and shortly after the end of the fiscal 2006, we acquired
American Gemological Laboratories, Inc. to enter the market for authentication and grading of colored
gemstones.

•  We analyzed other markets for expansion, and shortly after the end of the fiscal 2006, we completed the

acquisition of Expos Unlimited, providing ownership of one of the largest venues for coin conventions in the
world, principally in Long Beach, California.

During the latter half of fiscal 2006, we began the process of integrating our acquisitions of GCAL and Gemprint,
in both operating systems and computing technology, and initiated an expansion of the physical capacity of GCAL to
accommodate the monthly volumes we anticipated from our planned growth. In addition, we launched an aggressive
marketing campaign within the jewelry markets introducing GCAL as a major competitor for high quality
authentication and grading services. 

Based on our strategic plans and an analysis of our balance sheet, we determined that we are more than adequately

funded for the next phase of our growth and accordingly, during fiscal 2006 we authorized and initiated a stock
buyback program in fiscal 2006 in an amount up to $10 million. In addition, due to our continuing profitability and
positive cash flow, we also approved an annual cash dividend policy of $0.32 per share. 

Fiscal 2006 was a record year in many respects and we are most appreciative of the efforts of our division leaders

and their staffs for their contributions to an excellent year.  We also appreciate the significant assistance of our
external support team of vendors and consultants.

Most importantly, we extend our gratitude to our customers, the dealers and auctioneers who submit items to us
for authentication and grading and ultimately to the hundreds of thousands of collectors and buyers in the U.S. and
around the world who have exercised preference in the marketplace and purchased items that carry certification
through our operating divisions of PCGS, PSA, PSA/DNA, PSE, PCGS Currency and GCAL. We pledge to
continue to serve these businesses and individuals with integrity and a relentless dedication to improving the quality
and breadth of our services.

As we continued in our strategic plans, we repositioned your Company in fiscal 2004, expanded your Company in

fiscal 2005 and added to your Company in fiscal 2006 through selective acquisitions. In fiscal 2007, we are focused
on execution in our existing markets with specific emphasis on our entries into the jewelry markets with our new
acquisitions. As a result, we expect that there will be continued launch, marketing and integration costs in our jewelry
operations similar to those already incurred and capital expenditures for equipment and leasehold improvements as
we expand capacity for several quarters in fiscal 2007. Fueled by these investments, we also expect that the results of
the jewelry operations will become more significant to the overall consolidated operations. 

Our goals for fiscal 2007 are to:

1. Continue increasing the penetration of our existing services in our existing markets.
2. Integrate recently acquired businesses and expand the application of their technologies into other markets that

we currently serve.

3. Concentrate resources on the growth of our new acquisitions in the jewelry markets.
4. Evaluate high value asset markets for consolidation or expansion and be prepared to make prudent acquisitions

when opportunities to do so are confirmed.

The leadership of your Company is dedicated to continuing our “best of breed” philosophy in our collectibles

markets and demonstrating this commitment in the jewelry markets by increasing our recognition by jewelry
consumers and by delivering quality services and information that benefit the entire jewelry distribution channel. We
look forward to the challenges and opportunities of fiscal 2007, and along with our employees and vendors, we are
prepared to pursue the achievement of our objectives.  

Sincerely,

Michael R. Haynes,
Chief Executive Officer

2006 ANNUAL REPORT

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

(cid:2) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE

ACT OF 1934

□ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006
OR

For the transition period from _______ to _____
Commission file number 0-27887

COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
Incorporation or organization)

33-0846191
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

1921 E. Alton Avenue, Santa Ana, California
(Address of principal executive offices)

92705
(Zip Code)

(949) 567-1234
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  Common Stock, par value $.001 per share

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

Indicate, by check mark, whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to
file such reports); and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES (cid:2) NO □

Indicate, by check mark, if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein,

and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:2)

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.   

See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, (check one):  

Large accelerated filer □

Accelerated filer (cid:2)

Non-accelerated filer □

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Securities Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).

YES □ NO (cid:2)

As of December 31, 2005, the aggregate market value of the Common Stock held by non-affiliates was approximately

$121,664,000, based on the per share closing price of $16.03 of Registrant’s Common Stock as of such date as reported by the
Nasdaq Global Market.

As of August 1, 2006, a total of 8,350,000 shares of Registrant’s Common Stock were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Except as otherwise stated therein, Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 in Part III of the Form 10-K are incorporated by reference
from Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement, which is expected to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or
before October 28, 2006, for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders scheduled to be held on December 5, 2006.

ii
ii

COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.
FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2006
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Forward Looking Statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Business. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Item 1.
Risk Factors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Item 1A
Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Item 2.
Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Item 3.
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Item 4.
Executive Officers of Registrant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

PART II

Item 5. Market for Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Item 6.
Selected Consolidated Financial Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. . . . . . . . . . . 
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Item 8.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Grant Thornton LLP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Deloitte & Touche LLP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2006 and 2005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004 . . . . . . . . . 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended June 30, 2006, 

2005 and 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004 . . . . . . . . . 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004. . . . . . 
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . 
Item 9A Controls and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Item 9B Other Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

PART III

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Executive Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Item 11.
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Principal Accountant Fees And Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Item 14.

Page
1
1
26
32
32
33
33

34
35
37
54
55
56
57
58
59

60
61
63
85
85
88

88
88
88
88
88

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

89

SIGNATURES
S-1
INDEX TO EXHIBITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  E-1

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

iii

(THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

iv

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Statements contained in this Annual Report that are not historical facts or that discuss our expectations, beliefs or views

regarding our future operations or future financial performance, or financial or other trends in our business, constitute “forward-
looking statements” as defined in the Private Securities Reform Act of 1995.  Forward-looking statements can be identified by the
fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts.  Often, such statements include the words “believe,” “expect,”
“anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” “project,” or words of similar meaning, or future or conditional verbs such as “will,”
“would,” “should,” “could,” or “may”.  Forward looking statements are estimates or predictions about the future that are based on
current information and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause our financial condition or operating
results in the future to differ significantly from those expected at the current time, as described in the forward-looking statements
that are contained in this Annual Report.  Those risks and uncertainties are described in Item 1A of Part I of this Annual Report
as “Risk Factors,” and in Item 7 of Part II under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations.”  Accordingly, readers of this Annual Report are urged to read the cautionary statements contained in
those items of this Annual Report.

Due to these uncertainties and risks, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements
contained in this Annual Report, which speak only as of the date of this Annual Report.  We undertake no obligation to update
or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

PART I

We are a leading provider of value-added authentication, grading and information services to dealers and collectors of high-

value coins, sportscards, autographs, stamps and vintage U.S. currency notes (which we will sometimes refer to generally, as
“collectibles”) and to sellers and purchasers of diamonds, colored gemstones and other high value assets.  

Collectibles.  The collectibles that we authenticate and grade have market values generally ranging from $200 to over $1

million, due principally to their rarity, age or association with famous individuals or historical events. 

The authenticity and the state of preservation, or quality, of these collectibles are also important determinants of their value

in the collectibles markets.  For that reason, sellers, purchasers and collectors submit their high-value collectibles to us for:

•  Certifications by our independent experts of their authenticity; that is, confirmation that the collectibles are real and are

what they have been represented to be; and

•  Evaluations of their physical condition and appearance and the assignment of a grade by our independent experts on the

basis of uniform quality standards.

Once we have authenticated and assigned a grade to a collectible, we encapsulate it in a tamper-evident, clear plastic

holder, or issue a certificate of authenticity, that (i) identifies the specific collectible, (ii) sets forth the quality grade we have
assigned to it and (iii) bears one of our brand names and logos: “PCGS” for coins, “PSA” for sportscards, “PSA/DNA” for
autographs and memorabilia, “PSE” for stamps and “PCGS Currency” for U.S. vintage currency notes1.  Additionally, we
warrant our certification of authenticity and the grade that we assign to the coins and sportscards that we authenticate and grade
and have recently begun offering warranties with respect to our determinations of authenticity and our assignment of quality
grades to stamps.

1 Collectors Universe, PCGS, Professional Sports Authenticator and PSA/DNA, Set Registry, CU3000 and First Strike, and each of the logos associated
with those names, are registered service or trade marks of the Company.

1

Diamonds and Colored Gemstones.  In November 2005, we began offering diamond grading services to wholesale and retail
dealers and to purchasers of diamonds as a result of our acquisition of Gem Certification & Appraisal Lab (GCAL), an interna-
tional forensic diamond certification and grading laboratory.  In August 2006, we extended our diamond grading business to
include the grading of high value colored gemstones, including emeralds, rubies and sapphires, by means of our acquisition of
American Gemological Laboratories (AGL), an international forensic colored gemstone certification and grading laboratory. 

The market values of the diamonds and colored gemstones that we grade generally range from approximately $500 to over

$1 million, depending, in the case of diamonds, primarily on their weight, color and clarity and, in the case of colored
gemstones, the presence of and type of enhancements (almost all colored gemstones have some treatment to enhance color or
clarity or both) and sometimes on their country of origin.  For that reason, sellers and some purchasers submit their diamonds
and colored gemstones to us for:

•  Confirmations, by our independent experts that their diamonds or colored gemstones are, in fact, natural (as opposed to

synthetically manufactured) diamonds and colored gemstones; and

•  Evaluations of their physical condition and appearance and the assignment of a grade by our independent experts on the

basis of uniform quality standards that, in the case of diamonds, relate to their color and clarity and, in the case of
colored gemstones relate to color, tone, clarity, enhancements and in some cases, their country of origin.

Upon completion of the grading process for diamonds, a GCAL certificate is issued that sets forth the weight, cut, color

and clarity grades assigned to the diamond by GCAL along with other measured information such as the dimensions of the
diamond. GCAL also includes a direct light performance analysis of each diamond utilizing a proprietary process that measures
in a digital image the number of pixels of light which pass through a diamond, ranking the light performance higher for more
light and lower for less light. A similar process measures the symmetry of the cut of the diamond, another feature that can have a
direct impact on the brilliance and reflectivity of a diamond. A graphic representation of the brilliance and symmetry is included
on the certificate. Additionally, using a patented technology for non-invasive diamond identification that we acquired in
December 2005, we digitally capture and record the unique refractive light pattern of the diamond (which we refer to as a
“Gemprint”), which we store in our database, cross-indexed to the certificate number issued with the diamond2.  This
“Gemprint” process enables us to match GCAL graded diamonds, on a one-to-one basis, with their GCAL certificates, thereby
providing an additional measure of protection against misrepresentations of diamond quality that can occur by, for example,
switching a diamond grading certificate issued for a higher quality diamond to a lower quality diamond.   GCAL warrants the
color and clarity grades assigned to the diamonds within certain tolerances.

Upon completion of the grading process for colored gemstones, an AGL certificate is issued that sets forth the weight, cut,

color, tone and clarity grade assigned to the gemstone along with the description of the enhancements to the gemstone, if any,
and in some cases, the country of origin. A high resolution color image of the colored gemstone is included on the certificate for
identification purposes. We are currently testing a variety of colored gemstones with the Gemprint process to determine which
colored gemstones can be identified using this non-invasive identification process and, if those test are successful, we plan on
including Gemprint in the certification process with the associated database as may be applicable to a particular colored
gemstone.  

We believe that our authentication and grading services increase the liquidity and marketability and, therefore, add to the

value, of the collectibles, diamonds and colored gemstones that we authenticate and grade.  Our services provide sellers,
purchasers and collectors with (i) the confidence of knowing that the collectibles, diamonds or colored gemstones they are
buying or selling are authentic or natural, as the case may be; (ii) information, in the form of objective and uniform measures of
quality, that enable sellers, purchasers and collectors to assess the value of those collectibles, diamonds or colored gemstones; and 

2 GCAL, Gemprint and AGL and each of the logos associated with their respective names, are registered service marks of the Company.

2

(iii) information, based on analysis of the colored gemstone and technological comparisons to known origin specimens, relating
to the country of origin of a colored gemstone.  Armed with this information, a prospective buyer who might otherwise be
reluctant to purchase a high-priced collectible, diamond or colored gemstone, is more confident about, and more willing to make
the purchase, particularly “sight-unseen,” on Internet auction sites such as those operated by eBay and Blue Nile. We also believe
that collectibles dealers who sell collectibles that have been authenticated and graded by us are more readily able to sell, and are
more likely to obtain higher prices for those collectibles, than if the collectibles had not been authenticated and graded by us.

We originated the standards and methodologies we use for authenticating and grading coins, sportscards, autographs and
stamps.  Those standards and methodologies have become generally accepted in the collectible coin, sportscard and autograph
markets.  Since we are the only company to have launched an independent third party stamp grading service, and the concept of
stamp grading is relatively novel, our stamp grading standards have not yet become generally accepted; however, we believe that
these standards have been gaining wider acceptance in that market. The standards and methodologies we use in grading
diamonds are generally accepted in the diamond market and were developed by the Gemological Institute of America, a non-
profit educational corporation.  AGL has developed certain proprietary standards for the colored gemstone market relating to
color, tone and clarity of colored gemstones and descriptive terms used in the disclosure of colored gemstone enhancements.

We also have developed some of the leading brands in the collectibles, diamonds and colored gemstones markets in which

we conduct our business:

•  “PCGS” (Professional Coin Grading Service), which is the brand name for our independent coin authentication and

grading service;

•  “PSA” (Professional Sports Authenticator), which is the brand name for our independent sports and trading cards

authentication and grading service;

•  “PSA/DNA” (PSA/DNA Authentication Services), which is the brand name for our independent authentication and

grading service for vintage autographs and memorabilia; 

•  “PSE” (Professional Stamp Experts), which is the brand name for our independent stamp authentication and grading

service;

•  “PCGS Currency” the brand name for our recently inaugurated currency authentication and grading service;

•  “GCAL” (Gem Certification & Assurance Lab), which is the brand name for our independent diamond authentication

and grading service; and

•  “AGL” (American Gemological Laboratories), which is the brand name of our independent third party colored gemstone

grading business.

PCGS and PSA are among the leading independent authentication and grading services in the collectible coin and
sportscard markets in the United States.  PSA/DNA and PSE also are among the leading independent authentication services
and, to our knowledge, provide the only independent grading services, in their respective markets.  Currency authentication and
grading are new to the currency market and PCGS Currency is one of the leading independent authentication and grading
services in the currency market. GCAL is among the top quality independent authentication and grading services in the diamond
market and is, to the best of our knowledge, the only service that offers a non-invasive and unchangeable diamond identification
method that makes it possible to detect the switching or alteration of diamond grading certificates. AGL is one of the world
leaders in colored gemstone authentication, grading, enhancement disclosure and for the most valuable colored gemstones,
identification of the country of origin.

3

We began offering our PCGS coin authentication and grading services in 1986 and, from inception through fiscal year

ended June 30, 2006, we had authenticated and graded more than 12 million coins.  In 1991, we launched our PSA sportscard
authentication and grading service and, through June 30, 2006, had authenticated and graded over 9 million sportscards. In
1999, we launched our PSA/DNA vintage autograph authentication business and in June 2004 we extended that business by
introducing vintage autograph grading services to dealers and collectors of autographed sports memorabilia. We started our PSE
stamp authentication and grading service in 2000. We launched PCGS Currency as an extension of the PCGS brand in March
2005. In the second quarter of fiscal 2006, we acquired GCAL and the Gemprint technology.  We acquired AGL in the first
quarter of fiscal 2007.

The following table provides information regarding the respective numbers of coins, sportscards, autographs and stamps

that we authenticated or graded from 2004 to 2006, the number of currency notes that we graded since the inception of our
currency authentication and grading service in the third quarter of fiscal 2005 and the number of diamonds we authenticated
and graded since the acquisition of the diamond authentication and grading service in the second quarter of fiscal 2006.

Units Processed
_______________________________________________________________________________________  
2004
2005
________________________  
________________________              ________________________      

2006

Coins
Sportscards
Autographs
Stamps
Currency
Diamonds
Total

Coins
Sportscards
Autographs
Stamps
Currency
Diamonds
Total

____________      ________              ____________       ________              ____________       ________  
____________      ________              ____________       ________              ____________       ________  
____________      ________              ____________       ________              ____________       ________  

Declared Values (000)
_______________________________________________________________________________________  
2004
2005
________________________  
________________________              ________________________      

2006

1,670,000
1,084,000
77,000
26,000
3,000
-
2,860,000

$1,191,000
66,000
26,000
17,000
8,000
-
$1,308,000

58%
38%
3%
1%
-
-
100%

91%
5%
2%
1%
1%
-
100%

1,241,000
998,000
68,000
16,000
-
-
2,323,000

$993,000
67,000
31,000
10,000
-
-
$1,101,000

53%
43%
3%
1%
-
-
100%

90%
6%
3%
1%
-
-
100%

1,789,000
1,199,000
181,000
38,000
29,000
5,000
3,241,000

$1,613,000
75,000
15,000
21,000
43,000
27,000
$1,794,000

55%
37%
6%
1%
1%
-
100%

90%
4%
1%
1%
2%
2%
100%

____________      ________              ____________       ________              ____________       ________  
____________      ________              ____________       ________              ____________       ________  
____________      ________              ____________       ________              ____________       ________  

We generate revenues principally from our authentication and grading service fees.  For collectibles, those fees. range from

$4 to over $200 per item authenticated and graded, based primarily on the type of item authenticated or graded and the turn-
around times selected by our customers, which range from 1 to approximately 60 days.  In fiscal 2006, our authentication and
grading fees averaged $10.25.  As a general rule, collectibles dealers and, to a lesser extent, individual collectors, request faster
turn-around times and, therefore, generally pay higher fees for more valuable, older or “vintage” collectibles, than they do for
modern collectibles.  Diamond authentication and grading fees, generally range from $60 to over $300 based on the weight of
the diamond and are fixed with specific delivery times; although fees sometimes vary in the case of contracts that provide for
volume submissions.  Authentication and grading fees for AGL range from $150 to over $1,000 based on the weight of the
colored gemstone and if the country of origin is requested.

We also generate revenues, to a lesser extent, from sales of (i) advertising on our websites; (ii) our printed publications and

price guides and advertising placed in such publications; (iii) our rarity or “population” reports that contain data regarding the
total number of coins and sportscards we have graded since our inception, categorized by item type and grade determination; and
(iv) monthly subscription fees associated with our Internet-based, dealer to dealer exchange “CCE” (Certified Coin Exchange) for
certified coins. We believe that our printed publications, price guides and reports make collectors better informed consumers and
make collecting more interesting and exciting for them while our dealer to dealer exchange adds liquidity to certified coins.

In July 2006, we acquired Expos Unlimited LLC (“Expos”), a tradeshow management company that operates two of the

larger and better known coin, stamp and collectibles shows in Long Beach and Santa Clara, California, respectively.  This acqui-
sition assures us of the continued availability of these two show venues for our onsite authentication and grading services,
provides us a platform for inaugurating and conducting collectibles shows in our other markets and adds management personnel
who are experienced in managing and conducting collectibles trade shows.

4

Industry Background

The primary determinants of the prices of, and the willingness of sellers, purchasers and collectors to purchase, high-value

or high-priced collectibles, diamonds, colored gemstones or other high-value assets are their authenticity and quality. The authen-
ticity of a collectible relates not only to the genuineness of the collectible, but also to the absence of any alterations or repairs that
may have been made to hide damage or to restore the item. The authenticity of a diamond or colored gemstone relates to its
formation in a natural method and mined from the earth as opposed to laboratory grown or synthetically produced, and in the
case of colored gemstones, the country of origin.  The quality of a collectible relates to its state of preservation relative to its
original state of manufacture or creation. The quality of a diamond is largely a function of its color and clarity.  The quality of a
gemstone relates to color, tone, clarity, enhancements and in some cases, the country of origin.  With regard to value, confir-
mation of authenticity generally is required before a buyer is willing to proceed with a purchase of a high-priced collectible,
diamond or colored gemstone.  Quality directly affects value and price, usually on an exponential basis, with higher quality
collectibles, diamonds and colored gemstones, generally attracting dramatically higher prices than those of lower quality. Even a
relatively modest difference in quality can translate into a significant difference in perceived value and, therefore, in price. For
example, a 1952 Mickey Mantle baseball card that received a PSA grade from us of 10 on our PSA grading scale of 1-to-10 was
sold in 2001 for $275,000. By comparison, a similar 1952 Mickey Mantle baseball card that received a PSA grade of 8 was sold
in 2006 for $72,057.  Although for diamonds and colored gemstones, the weight of the stone (as measured by mechanical
devices) has a significant impact on value, quality ratings also have a material impact on value. A round brilliant cut two carat
natural diamond with a GCAL grade D color (which is the most desirable blue-white color on the scale from D to the yellow
tint of a P color) and a clarity grade of flawless or “FL”  (which indicates that the diamond has no imperfections or inclusions)
has a market value of approximately $68,000 - $78,000. By comparison a similar cut two carat diamond with a GCAL grade I
color and a clarity grade of SI2 (which is in the midpoint range of clarity) has a market value of approximately $11,000 -
$12,000.  In the same manner, a rectangular cut two carat emerald with AGL color grade 3, tone of  70 (a very attractive and
intense green) and a clarity grade of “LI” (or lightly included) has a market value of approximately $18,000 - $21,000. By
comparison, a similar cut emerald with AGL color grade 6, tone of 50 (an average color and intensity of green) and a clarity
grade of “MI2” (moderately included) has a market value of approximately $2,600 – $3,800. With respect to country of origin,
the same oval cut two carat Blue Sapphire AGL color grade 3, tone of 70 (rich and deep blue) with a clarity grade of “LI” has a
market value of approximately $2,800 - $3,400 if the country of origin is Burma, but has a market value of approximately
$20,000 - $22,000 if the country of origin is Kashmir. 

Until the advent of independent third party authentication and grading, most prospective buyers, including experienced

collectibles, diamond and colored gemstone dealers and retailers, insisted on physically examining high-priced collectibles,
diamonds and colored gemstones before consummating transactions.  However, unlike professionals in the trade, most purchasers
and collectors lacked the experience and knowledge needed to determine, with confidence, the authenticity or the quality, and
hence the value, of high-priced collectibles, diamonds and colored gemstones, even when they had the opportunity to examine
them physically.  As a result, purchasers and collectors had to rely on representations made by sellers regarding authenticity and
quality.  For these reasons, “buyer beware” characterized the high-value collectibles, diamond and colored gemstone markets, and
“sight-unseen” markets for rare coins, diamonds, colored gemstones and other high-value collectibles were practically non-
existent.

High-value collectibles have been traditionally marketed at retail by dealers through direct mail, catalogues, price lists and
advertisements in trade publications, and sold and purchased them at collectibles shows, auction houses and local dealer shops.
Diamonds and colored gemstones have been marketed at retail through tens of thousands of retail jewelry stores or in depart-
ments of large general retail stores. These markets were highly inefficient because:

• they were fragmented and localized, which limited both the variety of available collectibles, diamonds and colored

gemstones and the number of potential buyers;

• transaction costs were often relatively high due to the number of intermediaries involved;

• buyers usually lacked the information needed to determine the authenticity and quality and, hence the value, of the

collectibles, diamonds and colored gemstones being sold; and

• buyers and sellers were vulnerable to fraudulent practices because they had to rely on the dealers or other sellers in the

often long distribution channel for opinions or representations as to authenticity and quality.

5

Coin Market.  In an effort to overcome some of these inefficiencies, approximately 30 years ago, professional coin dealers

began using a numerical grading scale for grading coins. That scale ranged from 1 to 70, with higher numbers denoting a higher
quality. Previously, professional dealers used descriptive terms, such as “Fair,” “Fine” and “Uncirculated,” to characterize the
quality of the coins they sold, a practice that continued after the development of the numeric grading system. However, whether
using a numeric or a descriptive system, grading standards varied significantly from dealer to dealer, depending on a dealer’s
subjective criteria of quality. Moreover, dealers were hardly disinterested or independent since, as the sellers or buyers of the coins
they were grading, they stood to benefit financially from the assignment of a particular grade.

Sportscard Market.  Misrepresentations of authenticity and quality also operated as a barrier to the liquidity and growth of

the collectibles market for sportscards.  Even experienced and knowledgeable dealers insisted on physically examining purportedly
rare and higher priced sportscards.  Most collectors lacked the knowledge needed to purchase collectible sportscards with confi-
dence, even when they had physically examined them.  Sportscard dealers eventually developed a rudimentary adjectival system
to provide measures of quality, using descriptive terms such as “Poor,” “Very Good,” “Mint” and “Gem Mint.” These measures of
quality were assigned on the basis of such characteristics as the centering of the image on the card and the presence or absence of
bent or damaged corners, scratches and color imperfections. However, as was the case with coins, grading standards varied signifi-
cantly from dealer to dealer, depending on a dealer’s subjective criteria of quality. Additionally, since the dealers who bought and
sold sportscards were the ones that assigned these grades, collectors remained vulnerable to fraudulent practices.

Autographed Memorabilia Market.  The market for autographed sports, entertainment and historical memorabilia has been
plagued by a high incidence of forgeries and misrepresentations of authenticity. For example, Operation Bullpen, initiated by the
FBI and other law enforcement agencies beginning in 1997, has uncovered a high volume of outright forgeries of signatures and
widespread misrepresentations as to the genuineness of sports memorabilia. We believe that the high incidence of such fraudulent
activities was due, in large part, to a dearth of independent third party memorabilia authentication services and an absence of
systematic methodologies and specimen data needed for verification of authenticity.

Stamp Market.  Stamp dealers developed an adjectival system, similar to the one developed for sportscards, by which they
valued and priced stamps based primarily on the centering of the stamp image on the stamp paper background, ignoring other
faults in the stamp. As a result, experienced and knowledgeable dealers insisted on physically examining purportedly rare and
higher priced stamps before purchasing them. Additionally, most collectors lacked the knowledge and experience needed to
purchase higher priced stamps with confidence. Consequently, as was the case with coins and sportscards, collectors were forced
to depend on representations of authenticity and quality from the very dealers from whom they purchased or to whom they sold
stamps.  However, prior to our entry into the market, independent third-party stamp grading was non-existent.

Currency Market.  There has been some grading of currency in the past, but none of the grading businesses have been

successful as the market was not developed, such that there was not substantial demand for grading services.  In addition, the
grading businesses were not third-party independent grading businesses, as they were operated and owned by currency dealers,
who also bought and sold the same materials that they graded; thereby, creating potential conflicts of interest.   PCGS Currency
is an independent third-party grading service that does not have such conflicts of interest.  Our currency grading utilizes a
numerical 70 – point system to determine the overall grade or condition of a note.

Diamond Market. Approximately 70 years ago, the Gemological Institute of America (“GIA”), a non-profit educational

corporation, developed a system for classifying and grading diamonds which consisted of the “4C’s” of carat, cut, color and
clarity. The system provided terminology for identifying (1) the weight of a diamond denominated  as “carats,” (2) the shape and
proportion of the diamond with a cut analysis; (3) the relative color of the diamond using an alphabetic scale from a high quality
color of “D” to the lowest quality color of “P”; and (4) the relative clarity of, or imperfections in the diamond using descriptive
terms on a scale from “Flawless” (“FL”) to “Very Slightly Included” (“VSI”) to “Slightly Included” (“SI”) to “Included” (I”). In
its gemologist educational programs, the GIA taught this grading system as a required part of the curriculum.  Notwithstanding
the widespread use of common terminology, these measures of quality can be subjectively and inconsistently applied.

Colored Gemstone Market. Although the GIA has held classes on the identification, authentication and grading of colored

gemstones for approximately 30 years, no significant standard and system of color, tone and clarity grading has been in
widespread use in the marketplace. In addition, the availability of sample gemstones for technical, trace element analysis needed
to determine country of origin was very limited, in part because of the limitation of the number of trusted samples from various
regions of the world and in part due to the limitations of the technology to examine and classify the samples.   As a result, buyers
were largely dependent on subjective assessments of quality and country of origin from the dealers from whom they purchased
colored gemstones, and no sight-unseen market for colored gemstones existed.

6

These conditions created a need and the demand for independent authentication and grading services from which sellers,

purchasers and collectors could obtain:

• determinations, from independent, third party experts, of the authenticity of the high-value collectibles, diamonds and
colored gemstones that sellers, purchasers and collectors purchased, particularly “sight-unseen” or over the Internet;

• representations of quality based on uniform standards applied by independent, third party experts; and

• authoritative information, compiled by a credible third party, to help purchasers and collectors understand the factors

that affect an item’s perceived value and price, including:

— its rarity;

— its quality or grade; and

— its historical and recent selling prices.

The Impact of eBay and other e-Commerce Websites on the Collectibles, Diamond and Colored Gemstone Markets.  The advent
of the Internet and, in particular, eBay’s development of an Internet or “virtual” marketplace and other Internet-selling websites
such as Blue Nile and Amazon, have overcome many of the inefficiencies that had characterized the traditional collectibles,
diamond and colored gemstone markets. eBay and other online marketplaces (i) offer enhanced interaction between and greater
convenience for sellers and buyers of high-value collectibles, diamonds and colored gemstones; (ii) eliminates or reduces the
involvement of dealers and other “middlemen;” (iii) reduces transaction costs; (iv) allows trading at all hours; and (v) provides
continually updated information.  However, Internet commerce still raises, and has even heightened, concerns about the authen-
ticity and quality of the collectibles, diamonds and colored gemstones that are listed for sale on the Internet.  Buyers have no
ability to physically examine them, and no means to confirm the identity or the credibility of the dealers or sellers on the
Internet.  As a result, we believe that the growth of Internet selling websites, such as eBay, Blue Nile and Amazon, has increased
awareness of the importance of, and the demand for, independent third party authentication and grading services of the type we
provide. Our services enable purchasers and collectors to use the Internet to purchase collectibles, diamonds and colored
gemstones “sight-unseen,” with the confidence of knowing that they are authentic and are of the quality represented by sellers.
The importance and value of our services to purchasers and collectors, we believe, are demonstrated by eBay’s inclusion, on its
collectibles websites, of information that identifies, and encourages visitors to use, our independent third party authentication
and grading services, as well as similar services offered by some of our competitors.

Our Services

PCGS Coin Authentication and Grading Services.  Recognizing the need for third party authentication and grading services,
we launched Professional Coin Grading Service in 1986. PCGS employs expert coin graders, who are independent of coin buyers
and sellers, to provide impartial authentication and grading services.  Currently, we employ 19 experts who have an average of 26
years of experience in the collectible coin market.  We also established uniform standards of quality measured against an actual
“benchmark” set of coins kept at our offices.  We place each coin that we authenticate and grade in a tamper-evident, clear plastic
holder that bears our logo, so that any prospective buyer will know that it is a PCGS authenticated and graded coin.  We also
provide a warranty as to the accuracy of our coin authentication and grading.

By providing an independent assessment by coin experts of the authenticity and quality of coins, we believe that PCGS has

increased the liquidity of the trading market for collectible coins.  Following the introduction of our independent, third party
authentication and grading service, buyer confidence, even between dealers, increased to such a degree that coins authenticated
and graded by PCGS were able to be traded “sight-unseen.”  As a result, PCGS facilitated the development, in 1990, of a dealer
market, known as the “Certified Coin Exchange,” on which coin dealers traded rare coins “sight-unseen,” over a private satellite
network, which now operates on the Internet.  In addition, we began to provide a range of authoritative content on coin
collecting to inform and communicate with the collector community, including guides and reports that track the trading prices
and the rarity of PCGS-graded coins.

7

More recently, our coin authentication and grading services have facilitated the development of a growing Internet or
“virtual” marketplace for collectible coins.  A prospective buyer, who might otherwise be reluctant to purchase a high-priced coin
listed on the Internet, is able to rely on a PCGS certification in deciding whether or not to bid and in determining the amount
to offer for the coin.  As a result, to enhance the marketability of higher priced coins, many sellers submit their coins to PCGS
for authentication and grading.  That enables the sellers to include, in their Internet sales listings, digital images of the coins in
their tamper-evident, clear plastic holders, which identify the coins as having been authenticated and graded by PCGS as well as
their PCGS-assigned grades.

PSA Sportscard Authentication and Grading Services.  Leveraging the credibility and using the methodologies that we had

established with PCGS in the coin market, in 1991 we launched Professional Sports Authenticator (PSA), which instituted a
similar authentication and grading system for sportscards.  Our independent sportscard experts certify the authenticity of and
assign a grade to sportscards using a numeric system with a scale from 1-to-10 that we developed, together with an adjectival
system to describe their condition.  Currently, we employ 13 experts who have an average of 22 years of experience in the
collectible sportscard market.  We believe that our authentication and grading services have removed barriers that were created by
the historical seller-biased grading process and, thereby, have improved the overall marketability of and facilitated commerce in
sportscards, including over the Internet and at telephonic sports memorabilia auctions.

PSA/DNA Autograph Authentication and Grading Services.  In 1999, we launched our vintage autograph authentication
business, initially offering authentication services for “vintage” sports autographs and memorabilia that were autographed or
signed prior to the time they were presented to us for authentication.  The vintage autograph authentication business is distinctly
different from the “signed-in-the-presence” authentication of autographs where the “authenticator” is present and witnesses the
actual signing.  Vintage autograph authentication can involve the rendering of an opinion of authenticity by an industry expert
based on (i) an analysis of the signed object, such as the signed document or autographed item of memorabilia, to confirm its
consistency with similar materials or items that existed during the signer’s lifetime; (ii) a comparison of the signature submitted
for authentication with exemplars; and (iii) a handwriting analysis.  We currently employ 3 autograph experts with an average of
21 years of experience in the autograph memorabilia market, as well as 3 consultants on a contract basis.

In June 2004, we also began offering grading services for autographs, beginning with baseballs containing a single signature

or autograph.  We use uniform grading standards that we have developed and a numeric scale of 1-to-10, with the highest
number representing “Gem Mint” condition or top quality.  We assign grades to the collectibles based on the physical condition
or state of preservation of the autograph.  Autograph grading is in its infancy, and we cannot predict whether it will gain market
acceptance.  

PSE Stamp Authentication and Grading Services.  In January 2000, we launched our Professional Stamp Experts (PSE) as an

independent, third party stamp authentication and grading service.  We use both an adjectival system and a numeric scale from
1-to-100 to grade stamps.  We assign grades based on the centering of the stamp image on the stamp paper background and the
absence or presence of other faults on the stamp.  There have been viable third party stamp authentication services in operation
for several decades, and stamp dealers and collectors had been using a subjective grading system based primarily on the centering
of the stamp image on the stamp paper background, ignoring other faults.  However, prior to our entry into the stamp market,
independent third party stamp grading was non-existent.  As a result, we have encountered some resistance to this concept in the
stamp collectibles market, which is steeped in tradition and slow to change, as we did from coin dealers when we launched PCGS
and from sportscard dealers when we launched PSA.  In October 2005, the Philatelic Foundation based in New York began using
PSE’s numerical grading system to assign grades to stamps.  In the Spring of 2006, Scott Publishing Company, the long-time
publisher of the Scott Catalogs also adopted PSE’s numerical grading system into their bi-annual valuing supplement.  These two
events have established PSE’s numerical grading scale, and we believe has ensured its continuing spread of third-party stamp
authentication and grading, throughout the philatelic industry.  Currently, we employ 4 stamp graders, and use another expert on
a part-time basis, who have an average of 36 years of experience in the collectible stamp market.  

Vintage U.S. Paper Currency Authentication and Grading.  In the third quarter of fiscal 2005, we began marketing a
U.S. paper currency authentication and grading service, which we decided to brand as “PCGS Currency” because many of the
dealers of currency notes are familiar with and have used PCGS’ coin authentication and grading service.  Currently we employ
1 Currency expert with 21 years of experience.  However, we also use two other experts on a contract basis. 

8

GCAL Diamond Authentication and Grading Services. In November 2005, we acquired Gem Certification & Assurance Lab

(GCAL), which is as an independent, third party diamond authentication and grading service that has been in the business of
diamond authentication and grading since 2001. We use the internationally recognized system of grading diamonds, commonly
referred to as the “4C’s” to authenticate and grade diamonds.  In December 2005, we acquired the assets of Gemprint
Corporation, which consisted primarily of a patented non-invasive diamond identification technology that enables us to create
and record the digital image of the unique refractive light pattern or “fingerprint” (which we refer to as the “Gemprint”) of each
diamond that GCAL grades.  We store the digital image of the “Gemprint” in our database, cross-indexed to the diamond’s
grading certificate that is issued by GCAL, which is assigned its own number for recordkeeping purposes.  This “Gemprint”
process enables us to match GCAL graded diamonds, on a one-to-one basis, with their GCAL certificates, thereby providing an
additional measure of protection against misrepresentations of diamond quality that can occur by, for example, altering the
grading certificate or switching a diamond grading certificate issued for a higher quality diamond to a lower quality diamond.  

There are more than ten diamond grading services in operation.  Four of those existing grading services, including GIA,

have been in operation for more than 20 years and are larger and better known than GCAL.  However, unlike GCAL, almost all
of the key competitors are owned, managed or governed by diamond dealers that are in the business of selling diamonds,
including those graded by such grading services.  As a result, we believe that those grading services potentially have inherent
conflicts of interest when grading diamonds submitted by those dealers and, therefore, do not provide truly independent third
party grading services.  Additionally, unlike GCAL, none of these existing services have any process to secure the identification of
diamonds that they have certified in order to make it possible to detect misrepresentations of the quality which can occur by
altering the information on or switching a grading certificate.  As a result, we believe that GCAL’s greater independence and its
Gemprint diamond identification technology provide it with a competitive advantage that we are promoting as a means of
increasing GCAL’s share of the diamond grading market.  Also, we are the only diamond authentication and grading service to
provide a warranty with respect to the accuracy of the color and clarity grades of each diamond we certify. Currently, we employ
6 diamond graders who have an average of 20 years of diamond grading experience.

AGL Colored Gemstone Authentication and Grading Services.  In August 2006, we acquired American Gemological

Laboratories (AGL), one of the leading independent third party authentication and grading services for colored gemstones, such
as emeralds, rubies and sapphires.  Its services are used by, among others, Sotheby’s and Christies for their jewelry auctions and by
jewelry retailers such as Cartier and Fred Leighton.  AGL has been in the business of authenticating and grading colored
gemstones since 1977. We utilize the fundamental information obtained in GIA vocational classes but express the color and tone
using a three digit system we developed called ColorScan, and express color and hue combinations using a 1 to 10 scale in half-
point increments, describe tone on a scale of 0-100 and identifies clarity grades on a scale using descriptors such as “FI” meaning
“Free from Inclusions”, to “MI1” and “MI2” meaning “Moderately Included” to “E1”, “E2” and “E3” meaning “Excessively
Included”. Enhancement and country of origin analysis is determined by comparison to our database and of over 5,000 colored
gemstone samples, perhaps one of the largest such reference collections in the world, personally accumulated by AGL’s president
in travels around the world to various mining sites. There are more than six competing services, with only three such services in
operation for a similar period of time as AGL. 

CCE Certified Coin Exchange. In September 2005, we acquired the Certified Coin Exchange (CCE), a subscription-based,

dealer-to-dealer Internet bid-ask market for third party certified coins. CCE has been a marketplace in U.S. certified rare coin
trading between major coin dealers in the United States since 1990 with similar operations for uncertified coins dating back to
the 1960’s. The CCE website features over 100,000 bid and ask prices for certified coins at www.certifiedcoinexchange.com and
over 11,000 offerings to the retail coin buyer at the Collectors Corner. The CCE provides liquidity in the geographically
dispersed and highly fragmented market for rare coins. The enhanced liquidity for certified coins increases volume and turnover
for certified coins, a benefit for the PCGS coin certification business. We believe that we can extend the success of the CCE into
other markets where the Company offers certification services such as the stamp and sportscard markets.

Publications and Advertising.  We publish authoritative price guides, rarity reports and other collectibles data to provide
collectors with information that makes them better informed consumers and makes collecting more interesting and exciting. Our
publications also enable us to market our services, create increased brand awareness and to generate advertising revenues. Our
publications include the Sports Market Report, which we publish on a monthly basis primarily for distribution to approximately
7,000 PSA Collectors Club members, and the Stamp Market Quarterly, which we publish for distribution to approximately 2,500
stamp dealers and collectors.  In addition, we publish Palmieri’s Market Monitor, an educational and informative diamond and
gemstone-industry publication.  We sell advertising to dealers and vendors for placement in our publications.  We manage a
Collectors Universe website and individual websites for authentication and grading services. On those websites, we offer

9

collectible content, some of which is available for a fee and some of which is available without charge.  On a combined basis, our
PCGS, PSA, PSA/DNA and PSE websites attracted, on average, approximately 227,000, 167,000 and 154,000 unique visitors
per week during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.  As a result of the increasing number of
collectors visiting our websites, in fiscal year 2005, we began selling advertising on our websites to dealers and other vendors that
serve the collectibles markets.  

Our Mission

Our mission is to provide the finest available authentication and grading services to sellers and buyers of high-value

collectibles and other high-value assets in order to:

• increase the values and liquidity of the high value collectibles and other high value assets;

• enable and facilitate transactions in high value collectibles and other high value assets;

• generally enhance interest, activity and trading in high value collectibles and other high value assets; and

• achieve profitable growth, build long-term value for our stockholders and provide rewarding opportunities for our

employees.

Our Growth Strategy

Our growth strategies include:

• Leveraging the strong brand awareness that we have achieved in our existing collectibles markets:

— to increase the demand for and use of our services not only by dealers, but also by collectors, only a relatively small

percentage of which use independent authentication or grading services; and

— to introduce new value-added services to customers in our existing collectibles markets.

• Increasing the GCAL market share by offering services, such as its Gemprint diamond identification service, that are not
available from its competitors and by implementing marketing programs targeted at sellers and purchasers of diamonds
that generally do not avail themselves of diamond authentication and grading services;

• Increasing the AGL market share at the high-end of the market by offering enhanced grading services which may include
a guarantee of accuracy of color, tone and clarity and Gemprint identification on appropriate colored gemstones, and at
the middle market, offer a lower priced authentication and grading certificate identifying appropriate enhancements that
would benefit the retail customer.  

• Identifying and entering other high-value collectibles or high-value asset markets where we believe we can succeed in
building and meeting the demand among dealers, sellers and buyers for independent, third party authentication and
grading services.

We are pursuing the following strategic initiatives in order to achieve these growth objectives:

Increasing the Demand for our Services in Existing Collectibles Markets.  We have established leading brands in our existing

collectibles markets, including PCGS, PSA, PSA/DNA and PSE.  We intend to use those brands, as well as our new PCGS
Currency brand, to promote Collectors Universe as the premier provider of authentication and grading services in the high-value
collectibles markets in order (i) to increase our market share among existing users of authentication and grading services and (ii)
to increase the use of our services by the numerous collectors that do not currently use any independent third party authenti-
cation or grading services.

Although we have authenticated and graded over 12 million coins since the inception of PCGS and over 9 million sports-
cards since the inception of PSA, we estimate that less than 10% of the vintage United States coins and vintage sportscards have
been authenticated and graded. According to recent data available on eBay’s websites, the number of coins being sold at any one
time on eBay generally ranges from approximately 150,000 to 180,000, of which only approximately 15% are authenticated and
graded by a third party authentication and grading service, such as ours. Similarly, the number of sportscards being sold at any
one time on eBay generally ranges from approximately 250,000 to 300,000, of which only about 10% are independently authen-

10

ticated and graded. Additionally, we are not aware of any other companies that offer grading services for autographs, and we
estimate that we have authenticated and graded less than 1% of the potential market of autographs and stamps in the United
States. Also, new collectibles are introduced each year into the markets in which we operate, some of which are authenticated and
graded in the year of manufacture. Over time, these collectibles will increase the supply of vintage items that are sold by dealers
and collectors and, therefore, that will be submitted for independent third party authentication and grading.

To take advantage of these market opportunities, we have:

• enhanced our marketing programs to promote our brands and services directly to Internet and other auction-related
businesses. These programs emphasize the benefits of using our services, including increased marketability and the
prospect of higher bids for collectibles;

• initiated joint marketing programs with collectibles dealers that are designed to make their customers aware of the avail-

ability and benefits of our authentication and grading services;

• established authorized PCGS and PSA dealer networks to increase the visibility of our brands and the use of our services

by those dealers and their customers;

• developed and expanded our Set Registry SM programs to increase demand for our collectible coin, sportscard and stamp

authentication and grading services among collectors and to increase traffic on our websites; and

• increased the promotion of our Collectors Clubs to attract and to provide incentives for collectors to use our services.

Expanding Services in our Existing Markets.  Using the brand recognition we have established in the markets we serve, we

have expanded services in our existing markets. These services include:

• Collectors Universe Invitationals.  Since 2001, we have been holding special “invitation-only” events for our authorized
PCGS and PSA dealers. At those events, dealers have the opportunity to meet and engage in collectibles trading with
other invited dealers. To facilitate collectibles trading at these events, we offer same day, on-site authentication and
grading services, enabling the dealers to complete their transactions while at the invitationals. In fiscal 2006, we held
nine dealer invitationals.

• Participation at Collectibles Trade Shows.  Each year we participate in approximately 30 collectibles trade shows that

attract collectibles dealers and collectors who buy and sell collectibles at those shows.  We offer same day, on-site authen-
tication and grading services, which facilitate the trading and sales of collectibles at these shows and conventions.  At the
same time, we obtain additional brand exposure and generate increased revenues, because dealers and collectors generally
are willing to pay higher fees for same day, on-site services.  In July 2006, we acquired Expos Unlimited LLC (“Expos”),
a tradeshow management company that operates two of well-known coin, stamp and collectibles shows in Long Beach
and Santa Clara, California, respectively.  This acquisition assures us of the continued availability of these two show
venues for our authentication and grading services, provides us a platform for inaugurating and conducting collectibles
shows in our other markets and adds management personnel who are experienced in managing and conducting
collectibles trade shows.

• Sales of Website Advertising.  We began selling advertising on our websites to collectibles dealers and auctioneers in the

markets in which we offer our branded authentication and grading services. Due to the increasing number of visitors to
our websites, we are able to offer those dealers and auctioneers the opportunity to market their products and services to
an increased number of prospective customers.

• Dealer Financing Program.  Under this program, we offer short-term loans, primarily to established collectibles dealers
and collectors that use our authentication and grading services.  The loans, which are collateralized by the collectibles
that dealers submit to us for authentication and grading, are intended to provide those dealers and collectors with
working capital.  We believe these loans will provide an incentive to dealers to submit additional collectibles to us for
authentication and grading, as well as generating interest income for us.

11

• Autograph Grading Services.  We launched autograph grading services, beginning with single signed baseballs. Our

autograph grading service meets existing and creates additional demand for differentiation in the quality, and thus in the
value, of autographed memorabilia. Our grading is based primarily on sharpness, intensity, readability and clarity of
autographs.

• Expansion of Website Information Services.  We have been expanding the information available on our websites, including
the addition of: (i) historical coin auction prices; (ii) reproductions of historical reference books; and (iii) the contents of
famous coin, sportscard and stamp collections.  These services are designed to attract new collectors, increase the number
of visitors to our websites and increase advertising revenues. During the years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004, on a
combined basis, our five websites attracted, on average, over 227,000, 167,000, and 154,000 visitors, respectively, per
week.

• Photography Services.  We now offer digital photography for collectibles that are submitted to us for authentication and
grading.  The digital images can be used by dealers for recordkeeping purposes and by both dealers and collectors when
listing collectibles on internet auction sites, such as eBay.  We believe that we are able to offer digital photography
services more efficiently than other service providers, because we will be able to easily incorporate this service as part of
our authentication and grading processes.

• eBay Promotional Programs.  Leveraging our expertise and reputation as a leading independent third party authenticator
and grader of high-value collectibles, we work with eBay to create programs designed to increase the marketability of
collectibles on its auction websites and, at the same time, promote our authentication and grading services. We offer a
fee-based “Quick Opinion” autograph authentication service to visitors on eBay’s sports memorabilia auction website.
Our autograph experts render an authenticity opinion based on an examination of the digital image of the autograph
posted on eBay. We also have included, at eBay’s request, information about the benefits of our authentication and
grading services on our websites, to which eBay has placed links on its collectibles websites in order to make that infor-
mation readily accessible to its users.

• “First Strike®” Program.  Every January, the U.S. Mint produces, in limited quantities, issues of newly minted gold and
silver coins in sealed containers showing a date of sealing by the U.S. Mint in January.  In the third quarter of fiscal
2005, PCGS introduced a new “First Strike” program designed to generate submissions of these coins to us for authenti-
cation and grading.  If those coins are submitted to us in their original Mint-sealed containers or with other evidence
that they are part of such an issue and are uncirculated, we authenticate and grade and, then, encapsulate them in our
tamper-evident, clear plastic holders with an imprint designating the coins as First Strike coins.  We inaugurated our
First Strike authentication and grading program in January 2005 for newly-minted U.S. Gold and Silver Eagle bullion
coins.  We believe that, due to their limited availability, First Strike coins will generate interest among and demand for
our authentication and grading services from dealers and collectors seeking to buy or sell Gold Eagle and Silver Eagle
bullion coins.  In fiscal year 2006, we increased the number of First Strike units graded and authenticated to 253,000
from 75,000 in fiscal 2005.

Increasing GCAL’s Share of the Diamond Market.  We believe that we can increase GCAL’s share of the diamond grading

market, notwithstanding competition from the larger and more established grading services, such as GIA, by promoting GCAL’s
independence, its policy, practice and reputation for consistent and rigorous application of diamond grading standards, and the
services that GCAL is able to offer that are not available from its competitors.  Additionally, we believe that approximately 50%
of the diamonds larger than 0.25 carat are offered with third party authentication and grading services but have found that many
diamond retailers do not promote the availability of diamond grading services and that the majority of consumers do not request
such services when purchasing diamonds, which we believe gives us an opportunity to promote GCAL’s services, which should
help us grow GCAL’s business and market share.  

To take advantage of this opportunity, since acquiring GCAL, we have:

• Enhanced and established GCAL as a brand providing high quality and consistent authentication and grading services.

• Provided increased security for purchasers of diamonds by including, with each diamond that is graded by GCAL, a
“Gemprint” of the diamond, which is a digital image of its unique refractive light pattern, using our patented non-
invasive diamond identification process.  GCAL stores the Gemprint in its computer database, cross-indexed to the
diamond’s GCAL grading certificate.  As a result, if a dealer or consumer wants to sell the diamond at a future date, the
seller can provide the prospective purchaser with evidence that the diamond being sold is, in fact, the diamond that was

12

originally graded by and described in the grading certificate issued by GCAL, by (i) using the Gemprint process to
produce another digital image of the diamond at the time of sale and (ii) comparing that digital image to one stored in
GCAL’s database.  Consequently, the Gemprint process enables GCAL to provide an additional measure of protection
against misrepresentations of diamond quality that can occur by, for example, switching a diamond grading certificate
issued for a higher quality diamond to a lower quality diamond or by altering the grading certificate.

• Launched the Five Star Diamond Grading Certificate that includes five distinct services bundled into one certificate at a
20% to 50% discount to the fees that we believe the customer would have to pay to purchase these services separately.
GCAL’s Five Star certificate also means that the customer need only keep a single grading certificate, rather than having
to maintain multiple grading certificates issued by the different grading services.  The five bundled services include:

— Direct Light Performance Analysis, which is a service that directly measures the light return from a diamond and
expresses that return in calculations, of Optical Brilliance and, Optical Symmetry, using descriptive terms from
Excellent, Very Good, and Good to Fair. These results are based on the measurement of the number of pixels in
light return from incident light. The results are shown on the certificate in two digital images of the diamond
along with the two associated adjectival descriptions for Brilliance and Symmetry. The easily understood graphics
and rating assist a potential diamond buyer in comparing the visual qualities of one diamond to another.

— Gemprint Security Registration, which is a service that captures the unique light refraction pattern of a diamond in
a digital format and records the unique “fingerprint” of the diamond, and registers that image in a database. At
any time after the diamond has been certified by GCAL and a Gemprint registered, the diamond may be
matched to this database by taking another Gemprint of the diamond and comparing the digital image of the
requested diamond to the registered database using the Gemprint proprietary algorithm. This process provides
assurance that a GCAL certified diamond can be matched to the original certificate making it possible to detect
misrepresentations of the quality of the diamond by switching or altering its grading certificates.

— Laser Inscription, which is a service that inscribes information using a cold laser on the girdle of the diamond.

Laser inscription is often used for quick identification, engraving of logos or particular phrases. Laser inscription
is only a few microns deep into the diamond and can be easily removed and is one of the most often requested
extra services that is included in the GCAL bundled services.

— Grading Guarantee, which is a limited warranty that provides assurance to the diamond purchaser that if the

diamond is submitted for re-grading, within one year following the date of its original examination (which may
occur as a result of a resale of the diamond), the color and clarity grades on the re-grading will be within one
grade of the color and clarity grades assigned on the diamond’s original grading.  This guarantee is the first and
only warranty issued in the industry and provides the buyer with increased confidence in the quality rating
provided by GCAL.

— Fair and Consistent Clarity and Color Certification, which is the result of the consensus process employed by

GCAL, where at least two qualified diamond experts must agree on the subjective grading of Clarity and Color,
two of the four “C’s” of diamond grading.  The other two “C’s” are Carat and Cut, both of which are measured
by high technology machines.  Differences in one grade of Clarity or one grade of Color may result in value
differences in the marketplace of from 10% to 50%. 

• Launched the Source VeritasSM Passport that includes all of the benefits of the Five Star Diamond Grading Certificate and
provides the assurance that the diamond was cut and polished from a rough diamond mined in compliance with the
Kimberley Process (www.kimberleyprocess.com) and the 2003 Clean Diamond Act, as may be applicable, which are
designed to assure that the diamond being sold was not mined in a country where diamond sales are used to fund rebel
movements against legitimate countries. 

• Launched the GemFactsSM Digital Certification Data Delivery System, by which the information on a GCAL grading
certificate is delivered, digitally, on a mini-CD along with the printed certificate at the time of retail sale or on the
Internet in a certificate look-up feature on the GCAL website.  This digital delivery system allows for co-marketing of
certain diamond retail programs, including co-branding with the retail seller and may include a digital marketing video
for the retail seller.  Educational “pop-up” windows are available when any one of 19 key terms are touched with the
cursor, making the GemFacts digital certificate interactive for the user and a helpful sales tool at the retail counter.

13

Increasing AGL’s Share of the Colored Gemstone Market. We believe we can increase AGL’s share of the colored gemstone

authentication and grading market, even though in the general market we estimate that authentication and grading services are
purchased on less than 1% of all the colored gemstones valued at $500 or more. According to the 2004 U.S. Census Report,
imports into the United States of cut and unset colored gemstones included 4 million carats of emeralds, 3.75 million carats of
rubies and 7.5 million carats of sapphires, along with 1.1 billion carats of other colored gemstones.  In the high value market
with auctioneers Sotheby’s and Christies, we estimate third party authentication and grading of colored gemstones to be 30% to
50% of the offerings. Of such certification , we estimate that AGL’s market share to be approximately 50%, and we believe we
can increase our volume with additional services such as the introduction of a grading guarantee on color, tone and clarity and
the implementation of Gemprint on applicable colored gemstones. In the general market, colored gemstones are generally sold at
retail in similar stores and in similar venues as diamonds providing a selling environment already familiar with the concept of
third party authentication and grading of the stones. Further, the Federal Trade Commission has promulgated regulations,
requiring disclosure of enhancements to colored gemstones that (a) are not permanent or may not be permanent; (b) the
treatment creates special care requirements; or (c) the treatment has a significant effect on the stone’s value. Because most retailers
do not have sufficient information or expertise to determine the enhancements to colored gemstones, we believe we can increase
the volume of our certificate services by offering an independent, third party certificate of color, tone and clarity with disclosure
about enhancements, priced at a level that makes the certificate economically feasible for a larger number of colored gemstones.
In addition, we believe there is a cross-marketing opportunity between GCAL and AGL through (i) marketing AGL services to
the retailers with which GCAL has existing relationships including Blue Nile, and (ii) marketing GCAL services to the
auctioneers and retailers with which AGL has existing relationships such as Sotheby’s, Christies and Cartier. 

Entering Other Collectibles and High-Value Asset Markets.  There are additional high-value collectibles and high-value assets

with respect to which marketability and value depend primarily on their authenticity and state of preservation or quality.  We
believe that the growth of some of these markets has been hampered by the absence or limited availability of independent
authentication and grading services.  We continue to evaluate opportunities with the intention to expand our business into one
or more of those markets. 

Other markets that we are considering for possible expansion include:

Antique silver
Art
Art glass
Comic books 
Entertainment memorabilia 
Estate jewelry

Musical instruments
Political memorabilia
Postcards
Rare books
Watches
Wine

We intend to consider the following criteria in selecting markets for future expansion:

• Market Size.  The size of the target market, measured both in terms of the volume and the value of the collectibles or

high-value assets that trade in the market.

• Trading Prices.  The prices at which collectibles or other high-value assets trade in the target market, because we have

found that the more valuable the collectible or asset, the greater is the demand for authentication and grading services.

• Competitive Environment.  The presence or absence of existing independent authentication and grading services in the
target market, its capacity for new entrants and the satisfaction of dealers and collectors with the services offered by
existing providers.

• Availability of Experts.  The availability of experts needed to succeed in entering a target market.

• Means of Entry.  The benefits and costs of entry by means of an opportunistic acquisition, as opposed to starting a new

authentication and grading service that would require the development of a new brand.

The largest of these currently targeted markets are estate and pre-owned jewelry, including watches, and entertainment

memorabilia, such as Hollywood props, scripts and wardrobes.  According to data available from eBay, at any one time there are
approximately 300,000 to 500,000 items of entertainment memorabilia and from 80,000 to 100,000 watches listed on eBay’s
auction websites.  We are not aware of any significant third party authentication or grading services in any of these markets.  

14

There is no assurance that we will succeed in expanding our business into any of these new markets or, even if we do
succeed in doing so, that the authentication or grading services we will offer in those markets will gain market acceptance or
become profitable.

Operations

We offer authentication and grading services for coins, sportscards, autographs and autographed memorabilia, stamps,
vintage U.S. and currency notes, and for diamonds and colored gemstones.  Our trained and experienced authentication and
grading experts determine the authenticity of and, using uniform quality standards, assign a quality grade to these collectibles and
to diamonds and colored gemstones.

PCGS.  Since our inception in 1986, we have graded approximately 12 million coins. We now authenticate and grade

approximately one million coins per year. We typically charge authentication and grading fees that range between $5 and $200
per coin, depending primarily on the turn-around time requested by the customer, which varies from one day for the highest
level of service to approximately 60 days for the lowest level of service.  In the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006, our fee per coin
averaged approximately $12.50.  We authenticate and grade coins in accordance with standards that we developed and which
have become generally accepted in the industry. We use both an adjectival and numeric system, with a scale of 1-to-70, to rate
the quality of the coins, with the highest number representing “gem” or perfect quality. We have authenticated and graded, either
before or after sale, two of the three highest priced U.S. coins ever sold at public auction, including an 1804 Draped Bust Silver
Dollar, that was sold by the owner at an auction in 1999 for approximately $4.1 million, and a U.S. 1913 Liberty Head Nickel,
that was recently sold for $4.15 million, the second highest price paid for any coin.

Our grading of coins involves an exacting and standardized process.  We receive coins from dealers and collectors and

remove all packaging that identifies the submitter in any way.  We then enter information regarding the coins into our propri-
etary computerized inventory system, which tracks the coins at every stage of our authentication and grading process.  Generally,
our process requires that two of our experts evaluate each coin independently, and no authenticity opinion is issued and no
quality grade is assigned unless their opinions of authenticity and the grades independently assigned by each of them are the
same.   In some cases, depending on the type of coin being authenticated and graded or on the results of the initial review
process, a third expert is involved to make the final determinations of authenticity and grade.  The coin, the determination of
authenticity and its grade are then verified by one of our senior experts, who has the authority to resubmit the coin for further
review if deemed to be necessary. Only after this process is complete is the coin reunited with its invoice, thus keeping the
authentication and grading process independent of the identity of the owner and the history of the coin. The coin is then
sonically sealed in our specially-designed, tamper-evident, clear plastic holder, which also encases a label describing the coin, the
quality grade that we have assigned to it, a unique certificate number and bar code, and the PCGS hologram and brand name.

PSA.  We launched our PSA sportscard authentication and grading service in 1991 and, through June 30, 2006, had
authenticated and graded over 9 million sportscards.  Our sportscard grading system uses both an adjectival and a numeric
system with a scale from 1-to-10, with the highest number representing “mint” condition or perfect quality.  We employ
sportscard authentication and grading procedures that are similar to our coin authentication and grading procedures and at a
minimum, two graders are assigned to every card.  On receipt of sportscards from dealers and collectors, we remove all packaging
that identifies the submitter in any way and enter information regarding the sportscards into our proprietary computerized
inventory system that enables us to track the sportscards throughout our authentication and grading process.  Only after the
authentication and grading process is complete is the sportscard reunited with its invoice, thus keeping the authentication and
grading process independent of the identity of the owner and the history of the sportscard.  The sportscard is then sonically
sealed in our specially-designed, tamper-evident, clear plastic holder, which also encases a label that identifies the sportscard, the
quality grade that we have assigned to it and a unique certificate number, and the PSA hologram and brand name.

We primarily authenticate and grade baseball sportscards and, to a lesser extent, football, basketball and hockey sportscards,

as well as entertainment and other collectible cards.  We typically charge fees ranging between $4 and $50 per card, with an
average fee of $6 per card in 2006.  As is the case with coin authentication and grading, sportscard authentication and grading
fees are based on the particular turn-around time requested by the submitter, ranging from one day’s turn-around for the highest
level of service to approximately 60 days for the lowest level of service.

15

The sportscards submitted to us for authentication and grading include primarily (i) older or vintage sportscards, particu-
larly of memorable or historically famous players, such as Honus Wagner, Joe DiMaggio, Ted Williams and Mickey Mantle, and
(ii) modern or newly produced sportscards of current or new athletes who have become popular with sports fans or have achieved
new records or milestones, such as Nolan Ryan and Roger Clemens.  These sportscards have, or are perceived to have, sufficient
collectible value and are sold more frequently than are sportscards of less notable athletes, leading dealers and collectors to submit
them for grading to enhance their marketability.  Also, the production and sale of each new series of sportscards, which take place
at the beginning and during the course of each new sports season, create new collectibles that provide a source of future
additional authentication and grading submissions to us.  Among the sportscards that we have authenticated and graded is a
1909 Honus Wagner baseball card, which received a PSA grade of NM-MT8 and was sold by the owner, via auction, in 2000 for
approximately $1.3 million.

PSA/DNA.  In 1999, we began offering authentication services for vintage sports autographs.  Because of the variability in

the size of autographed memorabilia, the procedures we use necessarily differ from those used in authenticating and grading coins
and sportscards.  Customers may ship the autographed memorabilia to us for authentication at our offices or, in the case of
dealers or collectors that desire to have a large number of items authenticated, we will sometimes send an expert to the customer’s
location for “on-site” examination and authentication.  Our experts reference what we believe is one of the largest databases of
known genuine examples of signatures for comparison to a submitted specimen and draw upon their training and experience in
handwriting analysis. In most cases, we take a digital photograph of the autographs that we authenticate and store those photo-
graphs in a master database.  Before shipping the item back to the customer, a tamper-evident label is affixed to the collectible.
The label contains our PSA/DNA name and logo and a unique certificate number.  For additional security, in all cases when an
item is fully authenticated, we tag the items with synthetic DNA-laced ink, which is odorless, colorless and tasteless and visible
only when exposed to a narrow band wavelength of laser light using a hand-held, battery-powered lamp.  As a result, if the label
is removed from the item, it is still possible to verify that the item was authenticated by us.

Memorabilia that have been authenticated by our vintage autograph service include Mark McGwire’s 70th home run

baseball, which was sold at auction in 1999 for more than $3 million, and a baseball bat autographed by Babe Ruth, which he
used to hit the first home run ever hit in Yankee Stadium in 1923.  That bat recently was sold by Sotheby’s for more than $1.2
million.

We also offer grading services for autographs.  We use uniform grading standards that we have developed to assign two
grades to the collectible, one based on the physical condition or state of preservation of the autograph, and the other based on
the physical condition of the collectible, using a numeric scale of 1-to-10, the highest number representing “Gem Mint”
condition or perfect quality.  

PSE.  We commenced our PSE stamp authentication and grading service in January 2000.  In rating the quality of stamps,
we assign a numeric grade to each stamp that ranges from 1-to-100.  The grade assigned to a stamp is based on several character-
istics, including the centering of the image on the stamp and the absence or presence of various faults, such as creases, perforation
problems and other imperfections that, if present, will reduce the value of the stamp. For a stamp to receive a grade of 100,
which means that it is in “gem” condition, the image on the stamp must be perfectly centered and the stamp must be faultless.
Stamps submitted to us for grading are independently examined and graded by at least two of our stamp experts.  After a stamp
has been authenticated and graded, we generally issue a certificate of authentication that briefly describes the stamp and the grade
assigned to it and has a digital image of the stamp attached.  The certificate bears the PSE name and logo and a unique certifi-
cation number that we assign to the stamp for record keeping purposes.  We also offer our customers the option of having the
stamp encapsulated in a tamper-evident, clear plastic holder with an encased label that, like the certificate, identifies the stamp
and sets forth the grade assigned to it, its unique certification number and the PSE name and logo.

Stamps that have been authenticated and graded by us include an 1868 1¢ “Z” Grill U.S. postage stamp, which received a

PSE grade of Extremely Fine (XF) 90 and was last sold at auction in 1989 for more than $900,000.  The owner submitted the
stamp to us shortly after we initiated our stamp authentication and grading service in 2000.

16

The volume of stamp authentication and grading submissions through fiscal 2006, relative to the number of coin and

sportscard submissions, has not been material.  Since stamp grading services are relatively new to the market, we cannot predict
when or even whether our services will gain the level of market acceptance needed for stamp grading to become a material
contributor to our operating results.

Vintage U.S. Paper Currency.  PCGS began marketing a vintage U.S. paper currency grading service, under the brand name
“PCGS Currency” in the third quarter of fiscal 2005.  We have engaged a number of paper currency experts to grow this business
and to authenticate and grade vintage paper currency.  We use an adjectival and numeric grading system, with a scale of 1-to-70,
which is similar to the system that we use for grading coins, largely because most vintage currency dealers are already familiar
with that system.  Currently, there are two relatively small vintage paper currency authentication and grading companies with
which we compete, one of which is a subsidiary of, Numismatic Guaranty Corporation of America, our principal coin authenti-
cation and grading competitor, which started a separate vintage paper currency authentication and grading service in the first
calendar quarter of 2005.  The rare currency market is smaller than our other collectibles markets and there is no assurance that
our currency authentication and grading service will gain broad market acceptance or that demand for such services or our entry
into that market will generate material revenues for us or enable this service to become profitable.

Diamonds. GCAL was founded in 2001 and was acquired by the Company in the second quarter of fiscal 2006.  We
employ diamond grading experts and mineralogists to examine, authenticate and grade diamonds.  We use a combination of
technology and the application of industry standards in this process.  To authenticate diamonds, we use a Raman Spectrometer to
examine the chemical composition and Fourier Transform Infrared Spectrometer to assist in determining various treatments that
may be applied to diamonds.  In addition, we use DiamondSure and DiamondView to verify diamonds and Sarin instruments to
weigh and measure the dimensions along with a Colorimeter to assist in color grading.  Experts review each diamond with
respect to established color reference sets and various magnification devices to closely examine for imperfections and inclusions
that would affect the clarity grade and application of clarity standards.  In addition to providing information relative to the
“4C’s” of diamond grading, we also provide a direct measurement of light performance with technology acquired as part of the
GCAL acquisition, and we provide a registration of the Gemprint of each diamond using the patented technology that produces,
records, stores, sorts and matches digital refractive images from a pinpoint, single laser light source applied to the diamond.

GCAL assigns a quality grade to the diamond by measuring its Cut, Carat, Color and Clarity (which are known as the
“4C’s” of the diamond).  Cut and Carat are measured using measurement equipment, while the Color and Clarity are determined
by our experts through the application of industry standards.  Grades are applied using a scale in Color from a top Color grade of
“D” to a faint yellow lower Color grade of “M” or lower, and a Clarity grade of “Flawless” (“FL”) to “Very, Very Slightly
Included 1” to “Very, Very Slightly Included 2” (“VS1” and “VS2”), to the much lower quality grade of “Included 3” (“I3”). 

Colored Gemstones.  AGL was founded in 1977 and was acquired by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2007. We
employ colored gemstone experts to examine, authenticate, grade, identify enhancements and determine the country of origin.
We utilize a combination of technology, industry standards and standards, systems and terminology that were developed by AGL.
To authenticate colored gemstones, we use one or more technologies including Raman Spectrometer, near infrared, specimen
comparison and trace element comparison to authenticate colored gemstones from our extensive reference collection of over
5,000 samples. Weight is measured by technologically sophisticated scales. Color and tone are reviewed by our experts to
determine the application of the three digit code for color and tone from a system we developed called ColorScan. Color and hue
are described on a numeric scale from 1 to 10 in half point increments with tone set forth on a scale from 0-100. Clarity is
reviewed to determine the application of a scale using descriptors such as “FI” meaning “Free from Inclusions”, to “MI1” and
“MI2” meaning “Moderately Included” to “E1”, “E2” and “E3” meaning “Excessively Included”. A critical review of the stone
for enhancements is completed relying on the reference collection and other testing resulting in the use of descriptions and
disclosures that we developed. If requested, an analysis of the country of origin is performed, comparing the subject stone and its
trace elements and crystalline structure to those in the reference collection.  

17

Publications and Content.  We publish authoritative price guides and rarity reports for coins, sportscards, sports autographs
and memorabilia and stamps.  This information is available on our website and in our publications. These publications include:

• Price Guides.  We provide a wide variety of authoritative price guides for a number of collectible markets. For example,
we track the prices at which the 3,000 most actively-traded U.S. coins are sold, dating back to 1970, and compile and
publish this information in a generally recognized collectible coin index, known as the CU3000.

• Rarity Reports.  We compile and publish reports that list the total number of coins and sportscards we have graded since
our inception, categorized by item type and grade determination. We can publish, for example, the exact number of
Mint State (MS) 67-grade 1881-S Morgan silver dollars that we have graded. We believe that collectors use this infor-
mation to make more informed decisions regarding the purchase of particular coins.

• Articles.  Collecting is a passion for many and has nuances and anecdotes that are well suited to a library of articles for
each category of collectibles. We write informative articles and publish them on our websites. A sense of community is
also important to collectors. We therefore encourage our customers to communicate and to write articles which we
sometimes publish on our websites or include in our publications.

• Historical Content.  Collecting is often about history, and, in many instances, historical events associated with a

collectible enhance its value. In our publications, we provide short histories about unusual and rare collectibles.  We
believe that these historical accounts add to the attractiveness and excitement of purchasing such items.  During 2004,
House of Collectibles, a division of Random House, published the second edition of the Official Guide to Coin Grading
and Counterfeit Detection, which was authored by our collectible coin experts.  To enhance the historical content that we
are able to provide dealers and collectors, in the first quarter of the current fiscal year we acquired CoinFacts.com, which
operates a website at www.coinfacts.com, at which we are now able to offer coin dealers and collectors proprietary infor-
mation about the date and mintmark combinations of U.S. Colonial Coins, early U.S. coins, such as the Liberty Cap
Half Cent of 1794, to the most recent U.S. minted coins, such as the Fifty State Quarters™ and the One Ounce
American Eagle Gold and Silver Bullion Coins currently being produced by the U.S. Mint.

• News.  We provide market news and information that are accessible to collectors and dealers on our websites. The news
and information most often relate to recent events, such as sales of collectibles at record prices, the introduction of new
collectibles and trends and developments in the collectibles markets we serve.

Marketing

We employ both “pull” and “push” strategies in marketing our services to dealers and collectors of high-value collectibles

and diamonds.  For collectibles, our “pull” strategies are designed to promote our brands and increase the preference among
collectors for our authentication and grading services and to encourage collectors to communicate that preference to their
collectibles dealers, because most authentication and grading submissions are made by dealers.  In our experience, if a customer
requests a particular grading service, the dealer ordinarily will comply with that request.  On the other hand, if the customer
expresses no preference, the dealer will make its own choice of authentication and grading service or may even decide not to
submit the collectible to an independent service for authentication and grading.  

For diamonds and colored gemstones, our “pull” strategy is designed to promote our brands to the retail consumers who

are interested in buying a diamond or colored gemstone, principally communicating over the Internet to this target market
through our websites primarily in response to search engine inquiries for information on diamonds or colored gemstones,
diamond and colored gemstone pricing, purchasing assistance and other searches.  Each of our websites are planned to be one of
the few websites that offers independent, third party education, information and price guides that is not associated with the sale
of diamonds or diamond jewelry or colored gemstones.  Since most diamond submissions come from diamond “sightholders”
(authorized buyers of rough diamonds from the mining companies) and jewelry manufacturers, the objective of our “pull”
strategy is to create demand from retail consumers for our brand at the retail counter. For colored gemstones, the supply chain is
more diversified than for diamonds, but the strategy to “pull” demand from the retailers and consumers is similar. We believe that
consumer demand will lead diamond and colored gemstone and jewelry retailers to order diamonds, colored gemstones and
diamond and colored gemstones jewelry that have been graded by one of our services.  In addition, we promote our services to
the many independent and chain store retailers through trade publication advertising and trade show appearances to demonstrate
the benefits of selling diamonds and colored gemstones with our diamond and colored gemstone grading certificates in order to
encourage retailers to ask for or even demand our brand of certification on diamonds and colored gemstones and diamond or
colored gemstone jewelry they purchase from sightholders and wholesale distributors. 

18

Therefore, our “pull” oriented marketing programs emphasize (i) the protections that collectors and retail customers will

have if they purchase collectibles, diamonds and colored gemstones that we have authenticated and graded, and (ii) the improved
marketability and higher prices that they and the associated retailers can realize if they use our independent third party authenti-
cation and grading services.  

Our “Push” Strategy, on the other hand, is designed to market our services directly to collectibles dealers and to diamond
sightholders, colored gemstone suppliers and diamond and colored gemstone jewelry manufacturers to encourage them to use
and promote our services.

Our “Pull” Strategy.  We have developed and implemented a number of marketing programs and initiatives designed to

create consumer preference for collectibles that have been authenticated and graded by us.  Those programs and initiatives
include:

• Direct Advertising.  We directly address collectors by advertising our services in trade journals and periodicals in each of
our markets. Those journals include Coin World, Linn’s Stamp News, Sports Collectors Digest and Autograph Collector
Magazine.  We make personal appearances at major, national-market trade shows around the United States that are
attended by collectors, as well as dealers.  We also participate in and support programs conducted by non-profit associa-
tions whose members are primarily collectors, such as the American Numismatic Association and the American Stamp
Dealers Association.

• Set Registry Programs.  We provide collectors with the opportunity to participate in free Internet “Set Registry” programs
that we host on our collectibles websites.  These programs encourage collectors to assemble full sets of related collectibles
that have been authenticated and graded by us.  Generally, each registered set is comprised of between 50 and 200
separate, but related, collectibles.  Examples include particular issues of coins, such as Twenty Dollar Gold Double Eagles
or Morgan Silver Dollars; particular sets of sportscards, such as all Hall of Fame pitchers or a particular team, like the
1961 Yankees; or sets of collectible stamps, such as Columbian Commemoratives or Graf Zeppelin Airmail stamps.  Our
Set Registry programs enable collectors:

—  to register their sets on our websites, which provides them with an off-site reference source for insurance and

informational purposes;

—  to display on our websites, and compare the completeness and quality grades of, the collectibles making up their sets
to those of other collectors who have registered similar sets on our websites, thereby creating a competitive aspect to
collecting that adds to its excitement; and

—  to enter our annual Company-sponsored Set Registry competitions and awards programs in which collectors can win
awards for having collected the most complete and highest graded sets of particular series or issues of coins, sports-
cards or stamps.

The collectibles that may be registered on our Set Registries and included in our Set Registry competitions are limited to
collectibles that have been authenticated and graded by us.  To register the collectibles to be included in a particular set,
a collector is required to enter the unique certificate number that we had assigned to each of the collectibles when last
authenticated and graded by us.  We use the certificate number to compare the information being submitted by the
collector with our database of information to verify that the collectibles being registered by a participant for inclusion in
a particular set qualify to be included in that set.

19

We have found that our Set Registry competitions (i) create a preference and increase demand among collectors for our
brands, and (ii) promote the trading of collectibles authenticated and graded by us by set registrants seeking to improve
the completeness and overall quality of their sets, which generally results in additional authentication and grading
submissions to us.  Annual awards for set completeness and quality have been issued by PCGS and PSA each year since
2002 and by PSE beginning in 2004.  As an indication of the popularity of our Set Registry programs, more than
40,000 sets were registered on our Set Registries as of June 30, 2006, which represents a 34% increase over the number
registered as of June 30, 2005.

• Collectors Clubs Subscription Program.  We also have established “Collectors Clubs” for coin, currency and sportscard

collectors.  For an annual membership fee, ranging from $50 to $200, collectors receive a number of benefits, including
(i) the right to have, without any further charge, a specified number of collectibles authenticated and graded by us, a
privilege that non-member collectors do not have; and (ii) access to certain proprietary data that we make available on
our websites or in print.  As of June 30, 2006, there were approximately 15,000 members in our Collectors Clubs.

• Retail Diamond Buyer Website.  We are in the process of completing our diamond website that will make educational

information and our pricing guide, The Market Monitor, accessible to the retail consumer as a valuable information tool
that will assist the consumer in making his or her diamond purchase decision, based primarily on quality and value.
Using our GemCalc diamond calculator, the consumer will be able to use the website to identify various diamond
qualities that can be obtained at different price points.  Because the information and price guides will be valid only on
GCAL certified diamonds, we anticipate that some of the users will request GCAL certification at the retail counter.  We
plan to launch this website in October 2006.

• Diamond Certificate Co-Branding.  GCAL has a program of co-branding the diamond sightholder or the retailer on the
diamond grading certificate in order to provide point-of-sale support for the brand or after-sale support for the brands
once the consumer has taken the diamond home.  Diamond sightholders are requested by many diamond mining
interests to conduct marketing programs to “brand” a diamond from that mining interest at the retail counter.  Co-
branding on the diamond grading certificate is one of the most cost effective ways by which a sightholder can brand the
diamonds it purchases and resells.  Retailers are searching for various points of differentiation in a sales presentation and
co-branded diamond grading certificates can create a point of differentiation between the retailer and those of its
competitors who are not using GCAL’s services. 

• Colored Gemstone Brand Extension. Because AGL has an established brand associated with the high-value colored

gemstones, we believe we can extend that brand “down market” to the middle value market using the existing retail
distribution channels and providing the retailers and customers with information about the AGL brand and its promi-
nence for high value colored gemstones.

• Retail Colored Gemstone Buyer Website. In a similar manner to the diamond buyer website now in production, we plan on

providing a website for colored gemstone buyers that would provide education, information and fair market pricing
information, based on our pricing guide The Market Monitor. The design will be focused on functionality for the retail
consumer with all information centered on the AGL brand, including the pricing information for AGL certified colored
gemstones. It is our belief that because the information and education will be provided by AGL and the associated fair
market pricing will be based on AGL’s certified colored gemstones, the website users will ask for AGL certification at the
retail counter.

Our “Push” Strategy.  We also market our services directly to collectibles dealers and auctioneers to promote their use of our

authentication and grading services.  Our marketing message is focused on the potential increase in marketability of the
collectibles due to the increase in consumer confidence that is attributable to our authentication and grading of those collectibles.
These marketing programs include:

• Trade Publication Advertising and Direct Communications.  We communicate to dealers and auctioneers by direct contact
and through advertising in trade journals and publications in the respective markets. Those journals include Coin World,
Linn’s Stamp News, Sports Collectors Digest and Autograph Collector Magazine.  We also communicate with our dealers and
with auctioneers by direct mail, email, and telephone.

20

• Trade Shows and Conventions.  There are numerous collectibles trade shows and conventions held annually in the United
States, of which approximately 30 generally are considered to be the largest and most significant in the collectible coin,
sportscard, autograph and stamp markets.  At these shows and conventions, collectibles dealers gather on a trading floor
or “bourse” to buy and sell collectibles.  We offer same day, on-site authentication and grading services, which facilitate
the trading and sales of collectibles at these shows and conventions.  At the same time, we obtain additional brand
exposure and generate increased revenues, because dealers and collectors generally are willing to pay higher fees for same
day, on-site services.

In July 2006, we acquired Expos Unlimited LLC (“Expos”), a tradeshow management company that operates two of the
larger and better known coin, stamp and collectibles shows in Long Beach and Santa Clara, California, respectively.  This
acquisition assures us of the continued availability of these two show venues for our onsite authentication and grading
services, provides us a platform for inaugurating and conducting collectibles shows in our other markets and adds
management personnel who are experienced in managing and conducting collectibles trade shows.

• Our Dealer Invitationals.  We sponsor and host 8-to-10 “invitation-only” events per year for our larger dealers that

provide them with forums for buying and selling their collectibles.  We also offer same day, on-site authentication and
grading services at these invitationals.  Like the other trade shows and conventions we attend, these invitationals enable
us to generate additional authentication and grading revenues.  At the same time, because we host the invitationals, they
provide additional brand exposure and build goodwill for us among the collectibles dealers.

• Authorized Dealer Network.  We have implemented authorized dealer programs for coin and sportscard collectibles
dealers and auction companies.  Authorized dealers are able to use our marketing materials which are designed to
promote our services and those of our authorized dealers to collectors.  Those materials include “point of sale” and “point
of purchase” displays and brochures and direct mail pieces for insertion in customer mailings.  In addition, authorized
dealers may use our brand logotypes on their websites to attract buyers for coins and sportscards that have been authenti-
cated and graded by us.  We also conduct joint marketing programs with our authorized dealers in which we provide
financial support for dealer marketing programs, approved by us, that promote both the dealer’s products and services
and our authentication and grading services.

• Jewelry Trade Publication Advertising, Trade Show Appearances and Educational Seminars. GCAL advertises in the major
jewelry trade publications and maintains an active press relations campaign. GCAL was featured in the June 2006 issue
of Modern Jeweler for the launch of the new GCAL service Source Veritas Passport. GCAL also attends the major jewelry
trade shows primarily in the summer (targeted at the fall and holiday selling season) and late fall and winter (targeted at
the Valentine’s Day and Mother’s Day season). GCAL also has the opportunity to hold educational seminars at some of
the trade shows and in-store training on grading issues and the use of the GCAL diamond grading certificate in retail
transactions.  Because colored gemstones are sold at retail through virtually identical channels of distribution, AGL will
utilize these same communication channels in trade publications, trade show appearances and educational seminars. This
increased utilization of the existing communications links, will allow for significant synergy between GCAL and AGL
with respect to the time, energy, messaging and expenses in these venues.      

• Cross-Marketing Between GCAL and AGL. GCAL is establishing relationships with retailers to provide diamond authenti-
cation and grading services for the middle market. By introducing the AGL brand to the retailers and drawing on the
high value brand recognition of AGL and a more value-driven pricing program, we believe we can cross-market AGL
services to the GCAL relationships. On the other hand, AGL has relationships with some of the high value sellers like
Sotheby’s and Christies. By introducing GCAL to these high value sellers and describing the benefits of GCAL certifi-
cation including guaranteed grading and the security benefits of Gemprint, we believe we can cross-market GCAL to the
AGL relationships.

21

eBay Promotional Programs.  Since 1999, we have worked with eBay on programs to increase the volume of collectibles
traded on eBay and, at the same time, to provide greater exposure for our authentication and grading services. Current programs
include:

• Informative and Educational Web Pages.  We have created web pages for eBay specifically designed to inform and educate
eBay buyers and sellers about the benefits of our authentication and grading services. eBay includes, on its collectibles
web pages, links to our web pages and encourages its collectibles customers to use our services. eBay has similar programs
with other collectibles authentication and grading services.

• Quick Opinion Autograph Authentication Service.  We have developed, for eBay’s customers that visit its sports memora-
bilia auction website, a fee-based “Quick Opinion” autograph authentication service.  For a prescribed fee, currently $7
per autograph, an eBay visitor that is interested in selling or buying an autographed item of memorabilia on the eBay
auction website can obtain, from one of our autograph experts, a “quick” opinion as to the authenticity of the autograph,
generally provided within a day of submission.  The opinion is based on an examination of a digital image of the
autograph posted on eBay and, due to the limitations inherent in this process, we do not warrant the accuracy of these
opinions.  The fees generated by this service are shared between us and eBay.

• Other Initiatives.  We have maintained an ongoing dialogue with eBay regarding other programs that will attract

collectibles sellers and buyers and make it easier for them to complete collectibles transactions on eBay’s collectibles
auction websites.  For example, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company has been invited and attended the eBay
Collectibles Summit meetings where there is discussion and an exchange of ideas relating to increasing the listings and
sales on eBay in the collectibles markets.

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property consists primarily of trademarks, copyrights, proprietary software and trade secrets. As part of our
confidentiality procedures, we generally enter into agreements with our employees and consultants and limit access to, and distri-
bution of, our software, documentation and other proprietary information.  The following table sets forth a list of our trade-
marks, both registered and unregistered, that are currently being used in the conduct of our business:

World Series of Grading
CU3000

Registered Marks
_____________________________________________________  
Collectors Universe
PCGS
Professional Sports Authenticator PSE
PSA
PSA/DNA
Currency Universe
First Strike
Gemprint Appraiser
Palmieri’s Market Monitor
Quick Opinion
Sports Market Report

History in Your Hands
First Strike
Diamond Market Monitor
Diamond Profile
Gemprint
Professional Currency Grading
Source Veritas
AGL

Unregistered Marks

_______________________________________
PSE
Coin Universe
Collectors.com
Record Universe
PCGS Currency
Set Registry
Expos Unlimited
Long Beach Coin, Stamp and Collectibles Expo
Santa Clara Coin, Stamp and Collectibles Expo

We have not conducted an exhaustive search of possible prior users of the unregistered trademarks listed above and,

therefore, it is possible that our use of some of these trademarks may conflict with others.

The Company owns several patents related to the Gemprint process and scanning device. The principal patent is number
5,828,405 issued by the United States Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”) in 1998. Generally, this patent provides for the
capture of the unique optical response of a gemstone (or optical “fingerprint”) where a laser beam is focused on the gemstone and
the optical response is recorded in a digital image. This is accomplished at a controlled site, currently in the form of a small
rectangular box about the size of a breadbox, and connected to a desktop computer or other computing system for receiving and
displaying a data signal from a two dimensional video camera. The two dimensional video camera id part of a light image capture
arrangement comprising a laser diode in combination with optical means for producing a collimated light beam directed at a
gemstone. The gemstone is oriented in a predetermined manner relative to the light beam and a screen surface is located to
collect and display the unique light pattern from a gemstone. The video camera directed at the screen surface is sized to collect

22

the image in a digital format and directs the data signal to the attached computing device. With a communication link to a
database through a local area network or through the Internet, the digital image is stored in a standardized manner. In a similar
manner, subsequent digital images can be obtained and then compared using an algorithm to those images on the database.
Other related patents are 5,124,935 and 2,679,821 issued by USPTO and related patents filed in the United Kingdom, Canada
and Israel. 

Collectibles Experts

As of June 30, 2006, we employed 47 experts in our authentication and grading operations, who have from 1 to 50 years,
and an overall average of 25 years, of experience.  Our experts include individuals that either (i) had previously been collectibles
dealers or were recognized as experts in the markets we serve, (ii) who we have trained in our authentication and grading
methodologies and procedures, or in the case of diamonds, who have been trained in the vocational schools and/or have
experience in grading in competing organizations.  However, talented authentication and grading experts in collectibles are in
short supply and there is considerable competition among collectibles authentication and grading companies for their services.
As a result, we have recently increased our focus on training young authenticators and graders who we believe have the skills or
knowledge base to become collectibles experts.  We also sometimes contract with outside experts, usually collectibles dealers, to
assist us with special grading issues or to enable us to address short-term increases in authentication and grading orders.

Service Warranties

We issue an authenticity or grading warranty with every coin and sportscard authenticated or graded by us. Under the

terms of the warranty, if a coin or sportscard that was graded by us later receives a lower grade upon resubmission to us for
grading, we are obligated either to purchase the coin or sportscard at the price paid by the then-owner of the coin or sportscard
or, instead, if we so choose, to pay the difference in value of the item at its original grade as compared with its lower grade.
Similarly, if a coin or sportscard that has been authenticated by us is later determined not to have been authentic, we are
obligated under our warranty to purchase the coin or sportscard at the price that the then-owner paid for that collectible.  We
accrue for estimated warranty costs based on historical claims experience.

Before returning an authenticated or graded coin or sportscard to our customer, we place the coin or sportscard in a
tamper-evident, clear plastic holder that encapsulates a label identifying the collectible as having been authenticated and graded
by us.  The warranty is voided in the event the plastic holder has been broken or damaged or shows signs of tampering.  

We recently began offering a similar warranty for stamps and currency notes that we authenticate and grade.  To obtain

such a warranty, the customer must elect to have his or her stamp encapsulated in a in a tamper-evident, clear plastic holder that
includes a label identifying the collectible as having been authenticated or graded by us, because we do not offer such a warranty
in those cases where the customer chooses, instead, to have us issue a certificate of authenticity and grade. 

We do not provide a warranty with respect to our opinions regarding the authenticity or quality of autographs.

We recently began offering a warranty with respect to the color and clarity grades assigned by GCAL to the diamonds it
grades, which is the first such warranty offered by any diamond grading service.  Under the terms of the warranty, if a diamond
certified by GCAL is submitted for subsequent grading by GCAL within one year of the date of the original certification (which
often occurs if the diamond is being sold), and, on that resubmittal receives a color or clarity grade that is more than one grade
lower than its original color or clarity grade, we will be obligated either to purchase the diamond at the price paid by the then-
owner of the diamond or, instead, if we so choose, to pay the difference in value of the diamond at its original grade as compared
with its lower grade.  

Customer Service and Support

We devote significant resources, including a 25 person staff, to providing personalized customer service and support in a

timely manner handling approximately 300 to 500 customer service calls per day.  On our websites, customers are able to check
the status of their collectibles submissions throughout the authentication and grading process and to confirm the authenticity of
the over 18 million collectibles that we have graded. When customers need services or have any questions, they can telephone or
e-mail our support staff, Monday through Friday between the hours of 7:00 A.M. and 6:00 P.M., Pacific Time. We also involve
our collectibles and diamond experts in providing support services when necessary to address special issues.

23

Supplies

In order to obtain volume discounts, we have chosen to purchase most of the injection-molded plastic parts for our clear
plastic holders principally from a single supplier.  There are numerous suppliers for these items, however, and we believe that, if
necessary, we could obtain those items from any of those other suppliers without significant cost to us. However, if it were to
become necessary for us to obtain another supplier, we might have to arrange for the fabrication of a die for the new supplier.
Fabrication of high precision dies can be a lengthy process.  Therefore, it is our practice to maintain at least a one month supply
of these molded plastic parts in inventory.

Competition

Coin Authentication and Grading.  We have three primary competitors in the coin authentication and grading market:

Numismatic Guaranty Corporation of America (“NGC”), Independent Coin Grading and ANACS, a subsidiary of Amos
Press, Inc.

Sportscard Authentication and Grading.  We have two primary competitors in sportscard authentication and grading:

Beckett Sportscard Grading Corporation, and Sportscard Guaranty, LLC.  

Autograph Authentication and Grading.  In the vintage autograph authentication market, we compete with James Spence

Authentication (“JSA”) and a few smaller competitors. 

Stamp Authentication and Grading.  In stamp authentication, our principal competitors are the Philatelic Foundation and

the American Philatelic Society, both of which are non-profit organizations.  The Philatelic Foundation also grades stamps.

Currency Authentication and Grading. We have two competitors in currency:  Paper Money Guaranty, (a subsidiary of

NGC), and a smaller startup competitor.

Diamond Authentication and Grading. In the diamond grading market, we compete with ten other grading services, several

of which are larger, have been in business longer and are better known than GCAL.  Our principal competitors are the
Gemological Institute of America, a non-profit educational organization (GIA); AGS Laboratories, an affiliate of the American
Gem Society, a non-profit trade association; European Gemological Laboratories; International Gemological Institute; and
Gemological Science International. 

Colored Gemstone Authentication and Grading. In the colored gemstone market, we compete with six or more such services,

some of which have operating histories longer than AGL. Our principal competitors are Gubelin Gemological Laboratories,
Schweizerische Stiftung für Edelstein-Forschung (SSEF, or the Swiss Gemological Institute), a non-profit organization and
Gemological Testing Center of the American Gem Trade Association, a non-profit trade association. 

The principal competitive factors in our authentication and grading markets are (i) brand recognition and awareness, (ii)
an established reputation for integrity, independence and consistency in the application of grading standards, and (iii) respon-
siveness of service.  Price is much less of a factor in the case of vintage collectibles, but is a more important consideration with
respect to modern coins and sportscards because of their significantly lower values.  Price is a more important competitive factor
in the Diamond market, due to the larger number of competitors.  Because the current market in colored gemstones certification
is primarily focused on high-value colored gemstones, price is not as much of an important consideration as the credibility and
history of the particular grading service. We believe that our PCGS, PSA, PSA/DNA, PSE and PCGS Currency brands compete
favorably with respect to all of these factors and are among the leaders in each of their respective markets. We believe that our
GCAL brand is a premium brand in the diamond market, interpreting the grading standards in a rigorous and consistent
manner, and one of the three or four top quality brands, despite the fact that it is the smallest, in terms of the volume of grading
submissions, as compared to its principal competitors.  We believe that AGL is a premium brand and competes favorably with
respect to all of these factors. Barriers to entry into the authentication and grading market are relatively low, especially in the
sportscard authentication and grading market.  However, brand name recognition and a reputation for integrity, independence
and consistency in the application of grading standards can take several years to develop. The limited supply of collectibles
experts also operates as a barrier to entry or expansion in our collectibles markets.  By contrast, the supply of grading experts in
the diamond and colored gemstone markets are much more plentiful. In colored gemstones, the availability of a suitable and
trusted reference collection is essential to providing accurate enhancement and country of origin analysis.

24

Information Technology

We have developed proprietary software systems that we use in our authentication and grading operations, principally for

order tracking, processing and recordkeeping, and the operation and maintenance of our Internet websites. These software
systems include Grading Management and Production Systems, Set Registry, Population Reports, Price Guides, Market Indexes,
Article Libraries QuickOpinion Systems and Featured Dealer Systems. These systems operate on software platforms in Microsoft
Visual Basic.NET, Microsoft ASP.NET and Microsoft SQL Server. We also have legacy systems, which we are in process of
replacing, in Cold Fusion and Visual Basic 6. We also maintain an integrated local area network that assists in and provides
certain controls on production, product physical movement, accounting and financial functions, data warehousing and other
tasks. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006, these systems tracked the authentication and grading process and generated
records and data for over 3.2 million collectibles submitted to us for authentication and grading, without significant disruption
or loss of service.

Although we do not primarily conduct our business on the Internet, we do use the Internet for information exchange and

delivery of market-oriented content and for our Set Registry and certain of our other marketing programs. As a result, we have
25 Dell PowerEdge Servers with RAID, along with a fully redundant SQL Server 2000 with high-availability cluster supporting
over two terabytes of clustered storage. The hardware resides at our headquarters in a server room that has 24/7 environmental
monitoring and alerting through hardware sensors, 24/7 network availability and performance monitoring and alerting through
network management software and 24/7 Internet availability and performance monitoring and alerting through third party
providers. The Internet connectivity flows through multiple Internet providers supporting up to approximately 47 megabit
Internet bandwidth with multiple layers of Internet firewall protection, including three Cisco PIX firewalls and Microsoft ISA
Server protection. We maintain a multi-tiered antivirus and anti-spam SMTP infrastructure scanning all incoming mail through
four different AV engines. The system is backed up nightly with 1.6 terabyte capacity, expandable to over 3 terabytes under
current configuration, and is managed by administrators certified by Microsoft, Cisco and Linux.

However, we do not have redundant computer systems at a location that is remote from Southern California, where our

computer systems currently are located.  As a result, any damage to or failure of our computer systems due to a catastrophic event
in Southern California, such as an earthquake, could cause an interruption in our services.

Government Regulation

With the exception of laws in some states that require memorabilia authenticators to certify to the accuracy of their

authentication opinions, there are no material government regulations specifically relating to the authentication and grading
businesses that we conduct, other than regulations that apply generally to businesses operating in the markets where we maintain
operations or conduct business.  However, our dealer finance program will be subject to numerous laws and regulations in those
states in which we may make loans to dealers.

Disposition of Collectibles Sales Businesses

During the period from 1999 through the latter part of fiscal 2004, we also were engaged in the business of marketing and

selling collectible coins, sportscards, currency and sports entertainment and historical memorabilia. Most of those sales were
made at multi-venue auctions that were conducted by our collectibles sales businesses, which were comprised of Bowers and
Merena Galleries and Kingswood Coin Auctions for rare coins, Superior Sports Auctions for vintage sportscards and sports
memorabilia, Lyn Knight Currency Auctions for currency and Odyssey Publications for entertainment and historical memora-
bilia. We also sold collectible coins by direct sales methods.

In December 2003, our Board of Directors authorized management to implement a plan to focus our financial and
management resources, and collectibles expertise, on the operations and growth of our authentication and grading businesses, and
to divest the collectibles auctions and direct sales businesses.  This decision was based on a number of factors and considerations
that included, among others, (i) the historical operating results of the collectibles auction and direct sales businesses, which had
proven to be disappointing as compared to the operating results of our authentication and grading businesses; (ii) a lack of
synergies between the collectibles sales businesses and our grading authentication businesses, which made it difficult to achieve a
meaningful reduction in our operating expenses; and (iii) the additional capital that we believed would be required to grow our
collectibles auction and direct sales businesses in comparison to the lower capital requirements of our authentication and grading
businesses.

25

As a result of this decision, we sold our collectibles sales businesses during fiscal 2004, but retained the collectibles
inventory and accounts receivables of those businesses, which we have substantially liquidated.  We also terminated the licenses
under which we operated our David Hall Rare Coins Division, which had been engaged in the business of selling collectible
coins at retail.  We generated cash of $750,000, $2,332,000 and $10,435,000 in fiscal years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and
2004, from the disposition of those businesses and the liquidation of their inventories and accounts receivables.

The divestiture of the collectibles sales businesses has enabled us to focus our financial and managerial resources on

growing our existing authentication and grading revenues and extending our authentication and grading business into new
markets, such as the diamond and colored gemstone markets, and to reduce our operating expenses, and, thereby, increase our
overall profitability, as compared to the periods prior to the disposition of those collectibles sales businesses. 

Employees

As of June 30, 2006, we had 211 full-time employees and 17 part-time employees, of which 172 were employed in our
authentication and grading-related businesses, including our 47 experts and 25 customer service and support personnel. The
other employees included 12 in information services, 3 in marketing, 3 in our CCE subscription business, and 38 in other
business and administrative services.  We have never had a work stoppage, and no employees are represented under collective
bargaining agreements. We consider relations with our employees to be good.

ITEM 1A    RISK FACTORS

Our business is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that could prevent us from achieving our business objectives

and that could hurt our future financial performance and the price performance of our common stock, and cause our future
financial condition and future financial performance to differ significantly from our current expectations described in the
forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report.  Those risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside of our
control, include the following: 

A decline in the popularity of high-value collectibles and a resulting decrease in submissions for our services could
adversely impact our business. 

The volume of collectibles submitted to us for authentication and grading is affected by the demand for and market value

of those collectibles.  As the demand for and value of collectibles increase, authentication and grading submissions, as well as
requests by submitters for higher price, faster turn-around times, also increase. However, that also means that a decline in
popularity and, therefore in the value, of the collectibles that we authenticate and grade would cause decreases in authentication
and grading submissions and in requests for faster turn-around times and, therefore, also in our revenues and profitability. We
have found, over the years, that the popularity of collectibles can vary due to a number of factors, most of which are outside of
our control, including perceived scarcity of collectibles, general consumer confidence and trends and their impact on disposable
income, precious metals prices, interest rates and other general economic conditions. For example, declines in gold prices or
further increases in interest rates could lead to reductions in authentication and grading submissions and, therefore, could
adversely affect our profitability and financial condition. 

Declines in general economic conditions could result in decreased demand for our services, which could adversely affect
our operating results. 

The availability of discretionary or disposable income is an important factor in the willingness and ability of collectors and
consumers to purchase, and the prices that they are willing to pay for, high-value collectibles, diamonds and colored gemstones.
Declines in purchases and sales, and in the value, of collectibles, diamonds or colored gemstones usually result in declines in the
use of authentication and grading services, as such services are most often used by sellers and purchasers of collectibles in
conjunction with and to facilitate sale and purchase transactions.  As a result, economic uncertainties, downturns and recessions
can and do adversely affect our operating results by (i) reducing the frequency with which collectibles dealers and collectors
submit their coins, sportscards and other collectibles for authentication and grading; (ii) consumers purchasing fewer diamonds;
thereby leading to a lower number of diamonds for grading by retailers; (iii) causing collectibles dealers and collectors to request
longer authentication and grading turn-around times with respect to the collectibles they submit to us for grading, which would
reduce our revenues and profitability, and (iv) reducing the ability of customers to pay outstanding accounts receivable. 

26

Temporary popularity of some collectibles may result in short-term increases, followed by decreases, in the volume of
submissions for our services, which could cause our revenues to fluctuate. 

Temporary consumer popularity or “fads” among collectors may lead to short-term or temporary increases, followed by
decreases, in the volume of collectibles that we authenticate and grade. These trends may result in significant period-to-period
fluctuations in our operating results and could result in declines in our net revenues and profitability, not only because of a
resulting decline in the volume of authenticating and grading submissions, but also because such trends could lead to increased
price competition, which could require us to reduce our authentication and grading fees in order to maintain market share.  In
the last few years, for example, the popularity of sportscards has declined and, at the same time, we have experienced a decline in
sportscard authentication and grading submissions. 

Our revenues and income depend significantly on revenues generated by our coin authentication and grading services.
A decrease in the level of submissions for these services, which historically has been impacted by changes in economic
conditions, could adversely affect our revenues and results of operations. 

Coin authentication and grading accounted for approximately 65%, 69% and 66% of our net revenues in fiscal 2006,

2005 and 2004, respectively. Furthermore, in fiscal 2005, coin grading was the segment of our authentication and grading
business that experienced the most significant increase in net revenues. We believe that this growth in coin grading submissions
has been due, at least in part, to the volatility of and uncertainties regarding the performance of the stock markets, coupled with
the decline in interest rates and in the value of the U.S. Dollar, which have led investors to shift some of their investments from
stocks and bonds to precious metals. The lack of diversity in our sources of revenues and our dependence on coin grading
submissions for a majority of our net revenues make us more vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions. These
adverse changes include declines in the value of precious metals or recessionary conditions that could result in declines in
collectibles authentication and grading submissions generally or, more particularly, in collectible coin submissions that would, in
turn, result in reductions in our total net revenues and income. 

Our top 5 customers, account for approximately 22% of our total net revenues. 

During the year ended June 30, 2006, five of our coin authentication and grading customers accounted for approximately

22% of our total net revenues.  As a result, the loss of any of those customers, or a lower level of activity by any of those
customers, may cause our net revenues to decline and, therefore, could harm our profitability.  During the fourth quarter of fiscal
2005, the owner of the largest of these customers encountered an unexpected and serious medical problem, which led to a 55%
decrease in revenues earned from that customer in fiscal 2006, compared to fiscal 2005.  

Our stamp, currency and diamond authentication and grading businesses are in their start-up phases.  There can be no
assurance that these businesses will prove to be successful. 

We purchased our diamond grading business in November 2005, started our currency authentication and grading business
in March 2005, and our stamp authentication and grading business in fiscal 2000.  These businesses have yet to make a material
contribution to our net revenues.  To date, our stamp, currency and diamond grading businesses have incurred operating losses
and there is no assurance that these services will gain market acceptance or will ever make a material contribution to our net
revenues or achieve profitability.  If they do not, we may have to discontinue, and write off our investments in, those businesses. 

Future acquisitions and the commencement of new businesses present risks, and we may be unable to achieve the
financial and strategic goals of any acquisition or commencement of any new business. 

One component of our growth strategy is to acquire existing or to start new businesses that serve other markets for other

collectibles or high-value assets. In fiscal 2006, we acquired four businesses and, to-date in fiscal 2007, we have acquired two
other businesses, a colored gemstone grading business and a trade show management company.  These new businesses will face a
number of risks and uncertainties, including: 

• difficulties in integrating newly acquired or newly started businesses into existing operations, as a result of which we may

incur increased operating costs that would adversely affect our operating results;

• the risk that our current and planned facilities, computer systems and personnel and controls will not be adequate to

support our expanded operations;

27

• diversion of management time and capital resources from our existing businesses, which could adversely affect their

performance and our operating results;

• dependence on key management personnel of acquired or newly started businesses and the risk that we will be unable to

integrate or retain such personnel;

• the risk that new services we may introduce or begin offering, whether as a result of internal expansion or business acqui-

sitions, will not gain acceptance;

• competition from established or larger competitors in new markets, such as (in our diamond grading business), which

could adversely affect the financial performance of any of the businesses we may have acquired or started; and

• the risk that the anticipated benefits of any acquisition or of the commencement of any new business may not be

realized, in which event we will not be able to achieve an acceptable return on our investment.

There are risks associated with new service offerings, including our dealer financing program, with which we have little
experience. 

We are continually exploring new services that we might introduce and offer to our existing authentication and grading
customers as a means of increasing our net revenues and profitability.  Those new services, however, may prove to be unprofitable
and negatively impact our operating results.  

One of those new services that we introduced in fiscal year 2005 is a Dealer Financing Program that involves our making

short-term loans to collectibles dealers that are collateralized by the collectibles that they submit or have been submitted to us for
authentication and grading.  There is no assurance that we will be successful in achieving sustained profitability in our Dealer
Financing Program.  Additionally the lending business is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, and we have limited loan
underwriting and collection experience.  In addition, the failure or inability of borrowers to repay their loans is an inherent risk
in a lending business.  Our ability to minimize loan losses will depend on several factors, including:

• The loan underwriting policies and controls we continue to adopt and implement, which could prove to be inadequate

to prevent loan losses from occurring;

• Our ability to sell collateral, when a borrower defaults in the payment of a loan, for amounts sufficient to offset loan
losses, which can be affected by a number of factors outside of our control, including (i) changes in economic condi-
tions, (ii) increases in market rates of interest and (iii) changes in the condition or value of the collateral that will secure
the loans we make; and 

• The reserves we will need to establish for potential loan losses, which may prove to be inadequate, in which case we

would have to incur additional charges, which would have the effect of reducing our net income and could negatively
impact our financial condition.

Additionally, the business of lending is subject to numerous state and certain federal laws and regulations, which may

impose significant costs or limitations on the way we conduct or expand such a business.

We currently have a $7 million bank line of credit, expiring in June 2007, that we can use to fund some of the eligible
loans we make.  To-date, we have not utilized this line of credit, as we have adequate cash resources to fund the Dealer Financing
Program.  However, in the event we make borrowings under this line of credit in the future, we cannot assure that our cash flow
from the operations of our dealer finance program will be sufficient to enable us to repay any borrowings under the line of credit.
Also, the loan agreements establishing the line of credit impose certain restrictive covenants on the Company which could
operate to restrict our plans to grow our business. 

We are dependent on our key management personnel. 

Our performance is greatly dependent on the performance of our senior management and certain other key employees.  As

a result, the loss of the services of any of our executive officers or other key employees could harm our business. Some of our
executive officers and key employees are experts in the collectibles markets and have industry-wide reputations for authentication
and grading of collectibles.  In particular, the loss of Michael R. Haynes, our Chief Executive Officer, or David G. Hall, our
President, could have a negative effect on our reputation for expertise in the collectibles markets in which we operate and could
lead to a reduction in authentication and grading submissions to us. 

28

We are dependent on our collectibles experts. 

In certain of our markets, there are a limited number of individuals who have the expertise to authenticate and grade
collectibles, and competition for available collectibles experts is intense. Accordingly, our business and our growth initiatives are
heavily dependent on our ability (i) to retain our existing collectibles experts, who have developed relatively unique skills and
enjoy a reputation for being experts within the collectibles markets, and (ii) to implement personnel recruiting, succession and
training programs that will enable us to add collectibles experts, as necessary, to grow our business and offset employee turnover
that can occur from time to time.  As a result, we have initiated an “apprentice program” in our coin grading business. If we are
not successful in retaining our existing collectibles experts or in hiring and training new collectibles experts, this could limit our
ability to grow our business and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. Moreover, some of our experts
could leave our company to join a competitor or start a competing business. 

We could suffer losses on authentication and grading warranties. 

Certain of our grading service businesses offer customers service warranties.  The warranties offered by our collectibles

grading businesses provide that: 

• if any collectible we have authenticated and sealed in our tamper-evident plastic cases is later determined not to have

been genuine, we would have to purchase the collectible at the price paid for it by its then owner; and

• if any collectible that was graded by us and sealed in our tamper-evident plastic cases later receives a lower grade upon
resubmission to us for grading, we would be obligated either to purchase the collectible at the price paid by its then
owner or to pay the difference in its value at its original grade as compared to its value at the lower grade.

GCAL offers a grading warranty that provides that if a diamond graded by us is submitted for regrading within the
succeeding year and, on regrading is assigned a color or clarity grade that is more than one grade lower than the original color or
clarity grade it received, GCAL will become obligated to purchase the diamond at the price paid by its then owner or, if GCAL
so chooses, to pay the difference in its value at its original grade as compared to its value at the lower grade.

We have no insurance coverage for claims made under these warranties and, therefore, we maintain reserves to satisfy such
warranty claims based on historical experience, which in the past have proven to be adequate.  If warranty claims were to exceed
these reserves, we would incur additional charges that would adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Increased competition could adversely affect our financial performance. 

Although there are few major competitors in the collectibles authentication and grading markets in which we currently

operate, competition in these markets is, nevertheless, intense.  In addition, in the diamond market there are a number of
grading services that are substantially larger, have been in business substantially longer and are better known than GCAL.
Increased competition in our collectibles markets could adversely affect our pricing and profit margins and our ability to achieve
further growth, and we cannot assure that we will continue to be successful in competing against existing or future competitors
in our collectibles markets.  In our diamond business, which is just beginning to implement its growth strategy, we are likely to
encounter intense competition from larger and more established competitors that have significant market shares.  Also, our entry
into new collectibles or high-value asset markets could lead other potential competitors to enter those markets as well.  Such
competition could adversely affect our ability to generate profits and could cause us to continue to incur losses in those markets
and damage our financial condition. 

We depend on our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights. 

We believe that our patents, trademarks and other proprietary rights are important to our success and competitive position.

We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, copyright and trade secret laws to establish and protect our proprietary rights.
However, the actions we take to establish and protect our intellectual and other proprietary rights may prove to be inadequate to
prevent imitation of our services or products or to prevent others from claiming violations of their intellectual and proprietary
rights by us. In addition, others may develop similar trade secrets or other intellectual property independently or assert rights in
our intellectual and other proprietary rights that could lead them to seek to block sales of our services based on allegations that
use of some of our marks or other intellectual property constitutes a violation of their intellectual property rights. 

29

Our unregistered trademarks could conflict with trademarks of others. 

We have not conducted an exhaustive search of possible prior users of our unregistered trademarks, including Coin
Universe, Collectors.com and PSE. Therefore, it is possible that our use of some of these trademarks may conflict with others. As
a result, we could face litigation or lose the use of some of these trademarks, which could have an adverse effect on our name
recognition and result in a decrease in revenues and an increase in expenses. 

The imposition of government regulations could increase our costs of doing business. 

With the exception of state laws applicable to autograph authentication, the collectible coin and other high-value
collectibles markets are not currently subject to direct federal, state or local regulation. However, from time to time government
authorities discuss additional regulations which could impose restrictions on the collectibles industry, such as regulating
collectibles as securities or requiring collectibles dealers to meet registration or reporting requirements, or regulating the conduct
of auction businesses. Adoption of laws or regulations of this nature could lead to a decline in sales and purchases of collectibles
and, therefore, also to a decline in the volume of coins, sportscards and other collectibles that are submitted to us for authenti-
cation and grading. 

Our reliance on a single source for principally all of our “tamper-evident,” clear plastic coin and sportscard holders
exposes us to potential supply and quality problems. 

We place all of the coins, sportscards and currency notes, and sometimes also the stamps that we authenticate and grade, in

tamper-evident, clear plastic holders.  In order to take advantage of volume pricing discounts, we have chosen to purchase
substantially all of those holders, on a purchase order basis, from one principal supplier.  Our reliance on a single supplier for a
substantial portion of those plastic holders exposes us to the potential for delay in our ability to deliver timely authentication and
grading services in the event that supplier were to terminate its services to us or to encounter financial or production problems.
If, in such an event, we were unable to obtain replacement holders in a relatively short period of time, we could lose customer
orders, or incur additional production costs.  In addition, if the replacement holders were not of comparable quality to our
existing supplier, we could expose ourselves to the potential for additional warranty claims in the event that tampering with our
holders was not evident.  These occurrences could cause a decline in our net revenues and have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations. 

Our computer and network systems may be vulnerable to unforeseen problems and security risks, and we are vulnerable
to system failure due to a lack of redundant systems at another location. 

Our operations are dependent on our ability to protect our computer systems that we use in our authentication and
grading operations and to maintain our websites against damage from fire, power loss, telecommunications failure, earthquakes
and similar catastrophic events. In this regard, Southern California, where we are primarily located, is particularly vulnerable to
earthquakes and fires that could result in damage to our computer systems.  In addition, our diamond operations are located in a
New York City high-rise building that could be vulnerable to terrorist attacks or to fire or other disasters.  We do not have
redundant computer systems at a location that is remote from Southern California. Any damage to or failure of our computer
systems could cause an interruption in our services that could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. 

In addition, our operations are dependent on our ability to protect our computer systems and network infrastructure from
damage that could occur from physical break-ins, security breaches and other disruptive problems caused by the technology that
we employ in our operations. Computer break-ins and security breaches also could jeopardize the security of information stored
in and transmitted through our computer systems and network infrastructure, which could cause us to incur significant liability
and possibly also damage our reputation. Other disruptions due to problems on the Internet or actions of Internet users could
make it difficult for our customers to access our websites. In either case, problems of this nature could adversely affect our
business and operating results, and security breaches that would adversely affect the privacy of customer information could lead
existing customers to terminate their business relationships with us. Although we intend to continue to implement and upgrade
sophisticated technology to prevent such disruptions and damage, there is no assurance that our security measures will prove to
be successful. 

30

We rely on third parties for various Internet and processing services. 

Our operations depend on a number of third parties for Internet access and delivery services. We have limited control over

these third parties and no long-term relationships with any of them. For example, we do not own a gateway onto the Internet,
but, instead, rely on Internet service providers to connect our website to the Internet. Should the third parties that we rely on for
Internet access or delivery services be unable to serve our needs for a sustained time period as a result of a strike, natural disaster
or other reason, our revenues and business could be harmed. 

We are exposed to potential risks and we will continued to incur increased costs as a result of the internal control testing
and evaluation process mandated by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Although we continue to document and test the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, as required

by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we expect we will continue to incur costs, including increased accounting
fees, in order to maintain compliance with that Section of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.  Also, if our efforts to comply with new or
changed laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities
related to our practices, our reputation may be harmed or we may be subject to litigation.

If our quarterly results are below the expectations of securities market analysts and investors or we decide to suspend or
discontinue the payment of dividends, the price of our common stock may decline. 

Many factors, including those described in this “Risk Factors” section, can affect our business, financial condition and

results of operations, which makes the prediction of our future financial results difficult.  These factors include: 

• increases or decreases in number of collectibles or diamonds graded from period to period;

• changes in market conditions that can affect the demand for our authentication and grading services, such as a decline in

the popularity of certain collectibles;

• general economic conditions that affect the availability of disposable income among collectors and consumers; and

• the actions of our competitors.

If our quarterly operating results fall below expectations or we decide to suspend or discontinue the payment of dividends,

securities market analysts may downgrade our common stock and some of our stockholders may sell their shares, which could
adversely affect the trading prices of our common stock. Additionally, in the past, companies that have experienced declines in
the trading price of their shares due to events of this nature have been the subject of securities class action litigation. If we
become involved in a securities class action litigation in the future, it could result in substantial costs and diversion of our
management’s attention and resources, thus harming our business. 

No assurance that we will continue to pay cash dividends.

On May 31, 2006, the Company adopted a dividend policy that calls for the payment of an expected total annual cash
dividend of $0.32 per common share, payable in the amount of $0.08 per share, per quarter and since then we have paid two
consecutive cash dividends, each in the amount of $0.08 per share, in accordance with this dividend policy.  The payment of cash
dividends in the future, pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy, is subject to final determination each quarter by the Board
of Directors based on a number of factors, including the Company’s financial performance and its available cash resources, its
cash requirements and alternative uses of cash that the Board may conclude would represent an opportunity to generate a greater
return on investment for the Company.  For these reasons, as well as others, there can be no assurance that the amount of the
Company’s current quarterly cash dividend will not be reduced or that the Board of Directors will not decide to suspend or
discontinue the payment of cash dividends in the future.

Provisions in our charter documents or in Delaware law may make an acquisition of us more difficult or delay a change
in control, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. 

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws contain anti-takeover provisions, including those

listed below, that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us, even if that change of control would be
beneficial to our stockholders: 

31

• our board of directors has the authority to issue common stock and preferred stock and to determine the price, rights

and preferences of any new series of preferred stock without stockholder approval;

• there are limitations on who can call special meetings of our stockholders; and

• stockholders may not take action by written consent.

In addition, provisions of Delaware law and our stock option plans may also discourage, delay or prevent a change in

control of our company or unsolicited acquisition proposals. 

ITEM 2.   PROPERTIES

We lease approximately 59,000 square feet for our California-based headquarters under a nine-year lease that commenced
in November 2000.  We currently sublease 2,184 square feet of this office space to a related party sub-tenant with an expiration
date that coincides with the expiration of the Company’s nine-year lease.  In addition, we lease approximately 7,300 square feet
in New York under operating leases through November 2015 in connection with our diamond grading business.  We believe that
our leased offices are sufficient for our current business requirements.

ITEM 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Bill Miller v. Collectors Universe, Inc.  As previously reported, the Company was a defendant in this legal action, which

was brought in the Superior Court of California, County of Orange, by Bill Miller, a former employee of the Company, who was
president of one of the Company’s collectibles sales businesses that was sold in 2004 and an expert in the authentication of
autographs and memorabilia.  Miller alleged that the Company had issued authentication certificates bearing his name without
his consent, in violation of a California statute prohibiting unauthorized appropriation of a person’s name, signature or likeness.
The statute provides that a person whose name, signature or likeness has been misappropriated, in violation of the statute, is
entitled to recover the greater of $750 or the actual damages suffered as a result of the unauthorized use, and any profits that
were attributable to that unauthorized use that are not taken into account in computing the actual damages.  The Company
denied Miller’s allegations and asserted that he was not entitled to any recovery under the statute in excess of his actual damages
and that he had not suffered any actual damages as a result of the issuance of the certificates.  

As also previously reported, at the conclusion of the trial, which took place in October 2005, (i) the jury found that the

Company had used Miller’s name without his consent on 14,060 authentication certificates, but that Miller had sustained actual
damages from that use totaling $14,060; and (ii) the parties entered into a stipulated judgment in the case, which, among other
things, provides that Miller’s statutory damages arising from the actions of the Company were zero.  The court left unresolved
and for future determination the issue of which party, if any, was the prevailing party in the lawsuit, which would determine
which party, if any, is entitled to recover its attorney’s fees from the other party.

In December, 2005, Miller filed a Notice of Appeal seeking an appellate court review, a reversal of the judgment entered by
the trial court and a finding, that as a matter of law, he is entitled to statutory damages equal to $750 for each use of his name by
the Company, or more than $10 million in total.  Miller filed an opening brief in August 2006, and we expect that various
responsive briefs will be filed through February 2007.  The Company has been informed by its trial counsel that, in California, it
sometimes takes as long as two years, from the filing of an appeal of a damage award, before the appeal is actually heard by an
appellate court. 

The Company continues to believe that it will not incur any material liability to Miller in this case.  However, there is little
interpretive history with respect to the measure of damages in a case such as the Miller case, creating a number of relatively novel
legal issues.  As a result, it is not possible to predict, with certainty, how an appellate court will ultimately rule on the issue of
damages.

Other Legal Actions

The Company is named from time to time, as a defendant in lawsuits that arise in the ordinary course of business.
Management of the Company believes that none of those lawsuits currently pending against it is likely to have a material adverse
effect on the Company.

32

ITEM 4.

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

None.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF REGISTRANT

Age

Name
Positions
_________________   _______________________   __________________________________________________
Michael R. Haynes
David G. Hall
Joseph J. Wallace
Michael J. Lewis

Chief Executive Officer
President
Chief Financial Officer
Senior Vice President – Finance and Chief Compliance Officer

55
59
46
62

MICHAEL R. HAYNES has served as Chief Executive Officer and Director since January 1, 2003.  He served as Chief
Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Director of Tangible Asset Galleries, Inc, a distributor of fine art, from 2000 to
2002.  He has been President, Chief Operating Officer and/or Chief Financial Officer of eight collectibles, precious metals,
specialty retail, distribution, e-commerce and manufacturing businesses.  Overall, Mr. Haynes has more than 25 years of
experience in managing the growth and development of growth companies, which includes over 19 years experience in managing
both public and private companies engaged in the business of selling collectibles at auction, retail and wholesale.  He was also
one of the co-founding board members of the Industry Council for Tangible Assets, a Washington, D.C. trade association for
dealers and auctioneers of tangible and collectible assets, where he served for nine years.  Mr. Haynes holds a Master’s degree in
Business and a Bachelor of Science degree in mechanical engineering, both from Southern Methodist University.  He is a
Certified Public Accountant and a Certified Financial Planner.

DAVID G. HALL has served as President of Collectors Universe, Inc. since September 2001.  From April 2000 to September
2001, Mr. Hall served as our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer.  Mr. Hall also has served as Chairman of the
Board and a Director of Professional Coin Grading Services, Inc., the Company’s predecessor, since it was founded in February
1986 and also served as its President and Chief Executive Officer until January 1999.  Mr. Hall was honored in 1999 by
COINage Magazine as Numismatist of the Century, along with 14 others.  In 1990, Mr. Hall was named an Orange County
Entrepreneur of the Year by INC. magazine.  In addition, he has written A Mercenary’s Guide to the Rare Coin Market, a book
dedicated to coin collecting.  Mr. Hall is also a member of the Professional Numismatists Guild.

JOSEPH J. WALLACE became the Company’s Chief Financial Officer effective September 15, 2005.  Prior to becoming Chief
Financial Officer, he was the Company’s Vice President of Finance from November 2004 and Controller from June 2004.  From
1997 to 2003, Mr. Wallace was Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of STM Wireless, Inc., a public
traded company engaged in the business of developing, manufacturing and marketing satellite communications products and
services, which filed for Chapter 11 protection under the Bankruptcy Code in February 2003.  Mr. Wallace is a Fellow of the
Institute of Chartered Accountants, a member of the Institute of Certified Public Accountants, in Ireland, and a CPA in the State
of California.

MICHAEL J. LEWIS served as Chief Financial Officer of Collectors Universe, Inc. from October 2001 until September 15,
2006, when he became Senior Vice President of Finance and Chief Compliance Officer.  From January 2000 to October 2001,
Mr. Lewis was a private investor.  In 1998, Mr. Lewis was Chief Financial Officer of the Young Presidents’ Organization.  During
1999, Mr. Lewis was an associate with Eureka Financial Markets, a venture capital firm.  From 1994 to 1997, Mr. Lewis served
as Chief Executive Officer of National Case Management.  Prior to that time, Mr. Lewis served as a Financial Consultant or as
Chief Financial Officer in several companies, including Chief Financial Officer of Western Digital Corporation and Emulex
Corporation.

33

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, trading under the symbol CLCT.  The following table sets

forth the high and low closing prices of our common stock, as reported by NASDAQ for each of the fiscal quarters in the fiscal
years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005:

Fiscal 2006
_________________________________        __________        __________
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

$12.58
11.78
13.73
13.44

$17.54
16.14
17.56
16.18

High

Low

Fiscal 2005
_________________________________        __________        __________
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

$10.53
14.50
17.78
14.82

$14.87
20.43
21.60
19.34

High

Low

The Company had 110 holders of record of its common stock and approximately 3,122 beneficial owners on 

June 30, 2006.

Dividends. On May 31, 2006, the Company adopted a dividend policy that calls for the payment of an expected total

annual cash dividend of $0.32 per common share, payable in the amount of $0.08 per share, per quarter.  The Board of
Directors has declared the following quarterly cash dividends under this policy.

Dividend 
Declaration
Date
Payment Date
____________________________________________________________________
June 28, 2006
May 31, 2006
September 12, 2006
August 15, 2006

June 14, 2006
August 29, 2006

Record Date:

The declaration of cash dividends in the future, pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy, is subject to final determi-
nation each quarter by the Board of Directors based on a number of factors, including the Company’s financial performance and
its available cash resources, its cash requirements and alternative uses of cash that the Board may conclude would represent an
opportunity to generate a greater return on investment for the Company.  For these reasons, as well as others, there can be no
assurance that the amount of the quarterly cash dividend will not be reduced or that the Board of Directors will not decide to
suspend or discontinue the payment of cash dividends in the future.

Share Repurchases

On December 6, 2005, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had approved a $10 million stock buyback
program.  The program authorizes the Company to make up to $10 million of stock purchases in the open market or private
transactions, in accordance with applicable SEC rules.  The Company is under no obligation to repurchase any shares under this
program, and the timing, actual number and value of shares that may be repurchased under this program will depend on a
number of factors, including the Company’s future financial performance, the Company’s available cash resources and competing
uses for the cash that may arise in the future, prevailing market prices of the Company’s common stock and the number of shares
that become available for sale at prices that the Company believes are attractive.  During the year ended June 30, 2006, the
Company repurchased and retired 181,851 shares, for which it paid a total of approximately $2,618,416, which is net of trans-
action costs of approximately $10,000.  No shares were purchased pursuant to this program prior to March 2006.  

34

The following table sets forth information regarding our share repurchases pursuant to our share buyback program in each of

the months during the year ended June 30, 2006, which were the initial share repurchases made by the Company under this program.

Monthly Periods
During the Year Ended
June 30, 2006

__________________________ 
January 1 to January 31, 2006
February 1 to February 28, 2006
March 1 to March 31, 2006
April 1 to April 30, 2006
May 1 to May 31, 2006
June 1 to June 30, 2006

Total

(c)

(a)

(b)

_________          ______________          _______________          _______________

(d)
Approximate
Dollar Value
of Shares that
Total
May Yet Be
Number
of Shares
Purchased Under
the Programs
Purchased
_________          ______________          _______________          _______________

Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced
Programs

Average Price
Paid per
Share

0
0
50,000
0
12,451
119,400
_________          ______________          _______________          _______________
181,851
_________          ______________          _______________          _______________
_________          ______________          _______________          _______________

$10,000,000
$10,000,000
$9,299,202
$9,299,202
$9,121,614
$7,381,584

0
0
50,000
0
12,451
119,400

N/A
N/A
$14.02
$0
$14.26
$14.57

181,851

$14.40

ITEM 6.   SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected operating data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004, and the selected balance sheet data at

June 30, 2006 and 2005, that are set forth below are derived from the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this Annual Report.  The selected operating data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2003 and 2002 and the
related balance sheet data at June 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 were derived from audited consolidated financial statements that are
not included in this Annual Report.  The following data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial state-
ments and the related notes thereto and with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations” included below in this Annual Report.

On July 14, 2005, the Company purchased substantially all the assets of CoinFacts.com, which operates an Internet
website on which it publishes detailed proprietary information and history on U.S. Coins for $500,000 in cash.  On September
2, 2005, the Company acquired the common stock of Certified Coin Exchange (“CCE”), which operates a subscription-based
dealer-to-dealer Internet bid-ask market for third-party certified coins for an aggregate purchase price of $2,180,000.  

On November 8, 2005, the Company acquired Gem Certification & Appraisal Lab (“GCAL”), a forensic gemological

certification and grading laboratory.  As part of that transaction, the Company also acquired Diamond Profile Laboratory, Inc.
(DPL), a scientific diamond light performance analysis laboratory, and all publishing and other rights to “Palmieri’s Market
Monitor,” an educational and informative industry publication currently published by the Gemological Appraisal Association,
Inc. (GAA).  The Company paid an aggregate acquisition price of $3,000,000 in cash for GCAL, DPL and the publishing and
other rights to “Palmieri’s Market Monitor,” and assumed certain transaction-related costs of $50,000.

On December 22, 2005, the Company acquired the business and substantially all of the assets of Gemprint Corporation
(“Gemprint”), consisting primarily of a patented technology for non-invasive diamond identification which Gemprint used to
digitally capture the unique refractive light pattern (or “Gemprint”) of each diamond that is processed with that technology.  The
Company paid a purchase price for Gemprint’s business and assets of $7,500,000 in cash, and assumed certain pre-acquisition
liabilities and lease commitments, and agreed to pay additional contingent purchase price of $1 for each diamond that the
Company registers using the Gemprint process in excess of 100,000 registrations per year during the five year period ending
December 22, 2010.

The operating results of each of these acquired businesses have been included in our consolidated results of operations from

the respective dates of their acquisition by us.

In the third quarter of fiscal 2005, we completed a public offering in which we sold a total of 3,450,000 shares of our
common stock at a public offering price of $17.50 per share, of which 2,195,856 shares were sold by the Company.  The net
proceeds to us, after payment of underwriting commissions and offering expenses, were approximately $35,657,000. 

As previously disclosed, in December 2003 the Company approved, and during the balance of fiscal 2004 implemented, a

plan to dispose of its collectibles sales businesses.  As a result, the consolidated selected financial data set out below for the five
years ended June 30, 2006 have been restated to classify the assets and related liabilities of those businesses as held for sale and

35

the related operating results as discontinued operations.  Therefore, for fiscal years 2002 through 2006, the income or loss from
discontinued operations reflects the after-tax results of operations of those businesses through the respective dates of their disposal,
plus any gain or loss recognized on the disposal of those businesses, plus any profit or loss realized on the disposal of the remaining
assets of those businesses.  In addition, in fiscal year 2006, discontinued operations also include the operations of CTP (a business
we acquired as part of the CCE acquisition) for the period of ownership of the CTP business.

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
Net revenues
Cost of revenues
Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses
Settlement of lawsuit
Amortization of goodwill
Impairment of goodwill

Operating income (loss)

Interest income, net
Other income (expense), net
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of gain on sales 

of discontinued businesses (net of income taxes)

Cumulative effect of accounting change (net of income taxes)

Net income (loss)

Net income (loss) per basic share:(2)

Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of gain on sales 

of discontinued businesses (net of income taxes)

Cumulative effect of accounting change (net of income taxes)

Net income (loss)

Net income (loss) per diluted share:(2)

Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of gain on sales 

of discontinued businesses (net of income taxes)

Cumulative effect of accounting change (net of income taxes)

Net income (loss)

Weighted average shares outstanding:(2)

Basic
Diluted

Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents
Working capital - continuing operations
Working capital – discontinued operations
Goodwill and Intangibles – continuing
Total assets – continuing operations
Total assets – discontinued operations
Stockholders’ equity

Years Ended June 30,(1)
___________________________________________________
(in thousands, except per share data)
___________________________________________________
2002
________     ________    ________     ________     ________

2006(3)

2003

2004

2005

$20,337
8,754
11,583
11,486
-
-
6

$33,607
12,239
21,368
13,901
500
-
-

$36,914
14,890
22,024
18,255
-
-
-

$18,635
$26,420
7,935
10,322
________     ________    ________     ________     ________
10,700
16,098
11,884
11,829
-
-
90
-
51
-
________     ________    ________     ________     ________
(1,325)
191
(20)
________     ________    ________     ________     ________
(1,154)
(502)
________     ________    ________     ________     ________
(652)

4,269
135
(25)
4,379
1,581
2,798

6,967
906
26
7,899
3,141
4,758

3,769
2,346
22
6,137
2,733
3,404

91
94
(6)
179
(557)
736

296
-
$ 3,700

(1,858)
(1,068)
-
-
________     ________    ________     ________     ________
$ (2,510)
$ 1,730
________     ________    ________     ________     ________
________     ________    ________     ________     ________

(2,202)
(8,973)
$(10,439)

60
-
$ 4,818

$0.40

$0.68

$0.45

$0.12

$(0.10)

(0.30)
-
________     ________    ________     ________     ________
$ (0.40)
________     ________    ________     ________     ________
________     ________    ________     ________     ________

(0.35)
(1.45)
$ (1.68)

(0.17)
-
0.28

0.01
-
0.69

0.04
-
0.44

$

$

$

$0.39

$0.64

$0.44

$0.12

$(0.10)

(0.30)
-
________     ________    ________     ________     ________
$ (0.40)
________     ________    ________     ________     ________
________     ________    ________     ________     ________

(0.35)
(1.43)
$ (1.66)

(0.17)
-
0.27

0.01
-
0.65

0.03
-
0.42

$

$

$

8,473
8,782

$52,110
54,812
75
14,473
78,138
83
71,906

7,013
7,452

6,170
6,463

6,205
6,294

6,347
6,347

$65,439
68,576
338
79
75,123
411
70,566

$21,454
22,308
991
-
32,690
1,384
29,366

$ 4,482
4,566
13,803
-
15,926
16,365
26,319

$ 4,947
5,621
13,732
-
11,503
34,006
37,128

(1) In fiscal 2002, the Company’s fiscal year ended on the Saturday closest to June 30 and, as a result, fiscal 2002 ended on June 29, 2002.  Beginning

with fiscal 2003 the Company changed its fiscal year end to June 30.  For clarity of presentation, fiscal 2002 is reported as having ended on June 30.

(2) Per share data and weighted average shares outstanding in fiscal 2002 and 2001 have been retroactively adjusted for a 1-for-4 reverse stock split of

our outstanding shares, which was effectuated on December 9, 2002.

(3) Effective July 1, 2005, the Company adopted SFAS 123R, using the modified prospective transition method.  Accordingly, in fiscal year 2006, cost of

revenues, sales and marketing costs, and general and administrative costs, include $302,000, $1,000 and $367,000, respectively, of stock-based
compensation expense that was not required to be recognized as an expense in prior years.

36

ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the
“Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, included elsewhere in Part II of
this Annual Report.   This discussion also should be read in conjunction with the information in Item IA of Part I of this Report,
entitled “Risk Factors”, which contains information about certain risks and uncertainties that can affect our business and our financial
performance in the future. 

Introduction and Overview

Our Business

Collectors Universe Inc. (the “Company”) provides authentication and grading services to dealers and collectors of high-

value coins, sportscards, autographs, stamps, and vintage U.S. currency notes (which we refer to generically as “collectibles”) and
to sellers and purchasers of diamonds and colored gemstones.  We believe that our authentication and grading services add value
to these collectibles and to diamonds and colored gemstones by enhancing their marketability and, thereby, providing increased
liquidity to the dealers, collectors and consumers that own and buy and sell them. 

We principally generate revenues from the fees paid for our authentication and grading services.  To a much lesser extent,

we generate revenues from the sale of advertising on our websites; the sale of printed publications and collectibles price guides
and advertising in such publications; and the sale of historical data and information about the collectibles authenticated and
graded by us (that we believe facilitates commerce in those collectibles).

On July 14, 2005, the Company purchased substantially all the assets of CoinFacts.com, which operates an Internet

website on which it publishes detailed proprietary information and history on U.S. Coins.

On September 2, 2005, the Company acquired the common stock of Certified Coin Exchange (“CCE”), which operates a

subscription-based dealer-to-dealer Internet bid-ask market for third-party certified coins.  

On November 8, 2005, the Company acquired Gem Certification & Appraisal Lab (“GCAL”), a forensic gemological

certification and grading laboratory.  As part of that transaction, the Company also acquired Diamond Profile Laboratory, Inc.
(DPL), a scientific diamond light performance analysis laboratory, and all publishing and other rights to “Palmieri’s Market
Monitor,” an educational and informative industry publication currently published by the Gemological Appraisal Association,
Inc. (GAA).  The Company paid an aggregate acquisition price of $3,000,000 in cash for GCAL, DPL and the publishing and
other rights to “Palmieri’s Market Monitor,” and assumed certain transaction-related costs of $50,000.

On December 22, 2005, the Company acquired the business and substantially all of the assets of Gemprint Corporation

(“Gemprint”), consisting primarily of a patented technology for non-invasive diamond identification which Gemprint uses to
digitally capture the unique refractive light pattern (or “Gemprint”) of each diamond that is processed with that technology.  The
Company paid a purchase price for Gemprint’s business and assets of $7,500,000 in cash, and assumed certain pre-acquisition
liabilities and lease commitments, and agreed to pay additional contingent purchase price of $1 for each diamond that the
Company registers using the Gemprint process in excess of 100,000 registrations per year during the five year period ending
December 22, 2010.

GCAL has incorporated the Gemprint process into its diamond grading process, so that each GCAL authenticated and

graded diamond also carries a Gemprint image stored in GCAL’s registered database, which enables GCAL to provide an
additional measure of protection against misrepresentations of diamond quality that can occur by, for example, switching a
diamond grading certificate issued for a higher quality diamond to a lower quality diamond.

The operating results of these acquired businesses have been consolidated into our operating results from the respective

dates of their acquisition.

37

As previously reported, during the period from 1999 through the latter part of fiscal 2004, we also were engaged in the
business of marketing and selling collectible coins, sportscards and sports entertainment and historical memorabilia.  Most of those
sales were made at multi-venue auctions that were conducted by our collectibles sales divisions.  We also sold collectible coins, at
retail, by direct sales methods.  In December 2003 we adopted a plan to focus our financial and managerial resources and
collectibles expertise on the operation and growth of our authentication and grading and other collectibles service businesses, and
to divest our collectibles auctions and direct sales businesses.  Pursuant to that plan, during fiscal 2004 we sold our collectibles
auction businesses and terminated our direct sales collectible coins business.  However, we retained the collectibles inventories and
the outstanding accounts receivables of those businesses, substantially all of which had been liquidated by June 30, 2006.

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 144, the assets and related liabilities of the

collectible sales businesses have been classified as held for sale and their related operating results have been classified as discon-
tinued operations.  

In connection with our acquisition of CCE in September 2005, we also acquired one of its affiliated companies (“CTP”)
that was engaged in an unrelated business.  At the time we consummated the CCE acquisition we intended to dispose of CTP
and, effective November 30, 2005, we disposed of CTP.  Accordingly, CTP has been classified as a discontinued business and its
operating results for the period during fiscal year 2006 that we owned it, have been included in discontinued operations.

As a result of our divestiture of our collectibles auctions and sales businesses and the disposition of CTP, the discussion that

follows focuses almost entirely on our authentication and grading businesses, which comprise substantially all of our continuing
operations.

Factors That Can Affect our Financial Position and Operating Results 

Factors that Can Affect our Revenues and Cash Flows.  The provision of authentication and grading services has provided
relatively stable and predictable cash flows for us, as the fees for a significant proportion of the authentication and grading submis-
sions we receive are prepaid.  In the years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, we generated cash of $7,593,000,
$7,447,000 and $6,068,000, respectively, from the operations of our continuing businesses. 

During the year ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004, we generated cash of $751,000, $2,332,000 and $10,435,000 from

the sales of our collectibles sales businesses and the liquidation of the retained inventories and accounts receivables of those
businesses.  As a result, at June 30, 2006, the remaining assets of those businesses, which we are in the process of liquidating,
totaled $83,000, as compared to $411,000 at June 30, 2005.  Therefore, it is not expected that the Company will generate any
substantial cash flows from the sale of the remaining assets of the discontinued businesses in the future.

During the year ended June 30, 2006, five of our coin authentication and grading customers accounted for approximately
22% of our total net revenues.  As a result, the loss of any of those customers, or a decrease in the volume of grading submissions
from any of them to us, would cause our net revenues to decline and, therefore, could adversely affect our profitability.  During the
fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, the owner of the largest of these customers encountered an unexpected and serious medical problem,
which led to a 55% decrease in revenues from that customer in fiscal 2006, compared to fiscal 2005.  

The Company’s cash flows from investing activities can be impacted by the extent to which the Company purchases new

businesses, invests in capital expenditure and makes advances or receives repayments under the Dealer Financing Program.  Cash
used in investing activities in fiscal year 2006 was $18,253,000.

Cash flows from financing activities reflects dividends paid to common stockholders, payments for the retirement of the

Company’s common stock authorized under the Company’s buyback program, and proceeds from the exercise of stock options.
Cash used in financing activities in fiscal 2006 was $3,059,000.

At June 30, 2006, we had cash and cash equivalents totaling $52,110,000, compared with $65,439,000 at June 30, 2005. 

38

Factors Affecting our Gross Profit Margins.  Our gross profit margins are primarily affected by the mix and the total number

of units submitted to us for authentication and grading and the level of our non-grading revenues.  The gross profit on our
authentication and grading revenues is affected by the (i) mix of submission revenues among coins, sportscards and other
collectibles; (ii) the mix of submission revenues between vintage or “classic” coins and sportscards, on the one hand, and modern
coins and sportscards, on the other hand, since, as a general rule, customers request faster turn-around times for vintage or classic
coins and sportscards than they do for modern submissions; and (iii) in the case of coins and sportscards, the “turn-around”
times requested by our customers, because we charge higher fees for faster service times.  Furthermore, because a significant
proportion of our direct costs are relatively fixed in nature, our gross profit is also affected by the overall volume of collectibles
authenticated and graded in any period.

Impact of Economic Conditions on Financial Performance.  We generate substantially all of our revenues from the collectibles

and high-value asset markets.  Accordingly, our operating results are affected by the financial performance of those markets,
which depends to a great extent on (i) discretionary consumer spending and, hence, on the availability of disposable income, (ii)
on other economic conditions, including prevailing interest and inflation rates, which affect consumer confidence, and (iii) the
performance and volatility of the precious metals and stock markets.  These conditions primarily affect the volume of purchases
and sales of collectibles and high-value assets which, in turn, affects the volume of authentication and grading submissions to us,
because our services facilitate commerce in collectibles, diamonds and other high-value assets.  Accordingly, factors such as
improving economic conditions which usually result in increases in disposable income and consumer confidence, and volatility in
and declines in the prices of stocks and a weakening in the value of the U.S. Dollar, which lead investors to increase their
purchases of precious metals, such as gold bullion, other coins, and other collectibles and high-value assets, usually result in
increases in submissions of collectibles for our services.  By contrast, the volume of collectibles and high-end value asset sales and
purchases and, therefore, the volume of authentication and grading submissions, usually decline during periods characterized by
recessionary economic conditions and by declines in disposable income and consumer confidence or by increasing stock prices
and relative stability in the stock markets.  

The following table provides information regarding the respective numbers of coins, sportscards, autographs, stamps,
currency notes and diamonds that we graded or authenticated in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2006, 2005, and 2004 and their
estimated values, which are the amounts at which those coins, sportscards, stamps, currency and diamonds were insured by the
dealers, collectors and consumers who submitted them to us for grading and authentication.

Units Processed
____________________________________________________________________________________
2004
2005
________________________
________________________              ________________________        

2006

Coins
Sportscards
Autographs
Stamps
Currency(1)
Diamonds(2)
Total

Coins
Sportscards
Autographs
Stamps
Currency(1)
Diamonds(2)
Total

1,789,000
1,199,000
181,000
38,000
29,000
5,000
3,241,000

1,670,000
1,084,000
77,000
26,000
3,000
-
____________       ________              ____________       ________              ____________   
2,860,000
____________       ________              ____________       ________              ____________   
____________       ________              ____________       ________              ____________   

1,241,000
998,000
68,000
16,000
-
-
2,323,000

55%
37%
6%
1%
1%
-
100%

58%
38%
3%
1%
-
-
100%

53%
43%
3%
1%
-
-
________
100%
________
________

Declared Values (000)
____________________________________________________________________________________
2004
2005
________________________
________________________              ________________________        

2006

$1,613,000
75,000
15,000
21,000
43,000
27,000
$1,794,000

$1,191,000
66,000
26,000
17,000
8,000
-
____________       ________              ____________       ________              ____________   
$1,308,000
____________       ________              ____________       ________              ____________   
____________       ________              ____________       ________              ____________   

$993,000
67,000
31,000
10,000
-
-
$1,101,000

90%
4%
1%
1%
2%
2%
100%

91%
5%
2%
1%
1%
-
100%

90%
6%
3%
1%
-
-
________
100%
________
________

________________________________________________________________

(1) We commenced our current authentication and grading business in fourth quarter of 2005.
(2) We commenced our authentication and grading of diamonds in the second quarter of 2006 when we acquired GCAL and Gemprint.

39

Overview of Fiscal 2006 Operating Results

As the following table indicates, operating income decreased by 45.9% in fiscal 2006, as compared to fiscal 2005, despite a
9.8% increase in revenues, due primarily to the combined effects of an increase in costs of revenues, a decline in our gross profit
margin, and an increase in selling, general and administrate expenses.  Income from continuing operations decreased by 28.4%,
primarily as a result of the above factors that impacted operating income partially offset by increased interest income earned in
fiscal 2006, but inclusive of a higher income tax rate due to stock-based compensation.

Net revenues
Cost of revenues

Gross profit
Selling and marketing expenses
General and administrative expenses
Settlement of lawsuit

Operating income 
Interest income, net
Other income (expense), net

Income before provision for income taxes
Provision for income taxes

Income from continuing operations
Income from discontinued operations(1)

Net income 

Net income per diluted share:

Income from continuing operations
Income from discontinued operations(1)

Net income 

%

22,024
4,918
13,337
-

2006
Amount
________    ________
100.0%
$36,914
40.3%
14,890
________    ________
59.7%
13.4%
36.1%
.0%
________    ________
10.2%
6.3%
0.1%
________    ________
16.6%
7.4%
________    ________
9.2%
0.8%
________    ________
10.0%
________    ________
________    ________

3,769
2,346
22

3,404
296

6,137
2,733

3,700

$ 0.39
0.03

________    ________
$ 0.42
________    ________
________    ________

%

21,368
3,534
10,367
500

2005
Amount
________     ________
100.0%
$33,607
36.4%
12,239
________     ________
63.6%
10.5%
30.9%
1.5%
________     ________
20.7%
2.7%
0.1%
________     ________
23.5%
9.3%
________     ________
14.2%
0.1%
________     ________
14.3%
________     ________
________     ________

6,967
906
26

4,758
60

7,899
3,141

$4,818

$

0.64
0.01

________     ________
$
________     ________
________     ________

0.65

2006 vs 2005
% of Change
____________

9.8%
21.7%

3.1%
39.2%
28.6%
(100.0)%

(45.9)%
158.9%
(15.4%)

(22.3)%
(13.0%)

(28.4)%
393.3%

(23.2)%

(39.1)%
200.0%

(35.4)%

(1) Net of gain on sales of discontinued businesses (net of income taxes). 

The increase in costs of revenue in fiscal 2006 was primarily attributable to an increase in coin grader-related compensation

costs and the recognition, pursuant to SFAS No. 123(R), of $302,000 of stock based compensation cost. Stock based compen-
sation was not required to be recognized as an expense in years prior to fiscal 2006.  The decline in our gross margin in fiscal
2006 was due primarily to (i) those increases in costs of revenues (ii) a change in the mix of collectibles and high value assets
graded to a lower proportion of coins, on which we realize higher margins than on authentication and grading of other
collectibles; and (iii) a decline in the average service price for coin authentication and grading services due to the mix of services
provided in 2006 as compared to 2005.

The increase in selling and marketing costs in fiscal 2006 was primarily due to (i) costs of approximately $850,000 related

to the promotion and marketing of our new businesses; and (ii) increased collectibles trade-show expenses and advertising
expenses, due primarily to an increase in the number of collectibles trade shows in which we participated in fiscal 2006.  The
increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to expenses incurred in connection with (i) the acqui-
sition and integration into our operations of newly acquired businesses, (ii) investments in infrastructure to support our
expanded operations, (iii) audit and Sarbanes-Oxley compliance costs, (iv) stock-based compensation costs arising from the
adoption of SFAS 123(R) at the beginning of fiscal 2006, and (v) litigation costs.

See more detailed discussion of Results of Operations on pages 43 to 49.

40

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

General. In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), we record

our assets at the lower of cost or fair value.  In determining the fair value of certain of our assets, principally accounts receivable
and inventories, we must make judgments, and estimates and assumptions, regarding circumstances or trends that could affect
the value of those assets, such as economic conditions or trends that could impact our ability to fully collect our accounts
receivable or realize the value of our inventories in future periods.  Those judgments, estimates, and assumptions are based on
current information available to us at that time.  Many of those conditions, trends and circumstances, however, are outside of our
control and, if changes were to occur in the events, trends or other or circumstances on which are judgments or estimates were
based, or other unanticipated events were to happen that might affect our operations, we may be required under GAAP to adjust
our earlier estimates.  Changes in such estimates may require that we reduce the carrying value of the affected assets on our
balance sheet (which are commonly referred to as “write-downs” of the assets involved).

It is our practice to establish reserves or allowances to record such downward adjustments or “write-downs” in the carrying

value of assets such as accounts and notes receivable and inventory.  Such write-downs are recorded as charges to income or
increases in expense in our statement of operations in the periods when those reserves or allowances are established or increased
to take account of changed conditions or events.  As a result, our judgments, estimates and assumptions about future events and
changes in the conditions, events or trends upon which those estimates and judgments were made, can and will affect not only
the amounts at which we record such assets on our balance sheet, but also our results of operations.

The decisions as to the timing of adjustments or write-downs of this nature also require subjective evaluations or assess-
ments about the effects and duration of events or changes in circumstances.  For example, it is difficult to predict whether events,
such as occurred on September 11, 2001 or increases in interest rates or economic slowdowns, will have short or longer term
consequences for our business, and it is not uncommon for it to take some time after the occurrence of an event or the onset of
changes in economic circumstances for the full effects of such events or changes to be recognized.  Therefore, management makes
such estimates based upon the information available at that time and reevaluates and adjusts its reserves and allowances for
potential write-downs on a quarterly basis.

Under GAAP, businesses also must make estimates or judgments regarding the periods during which, and also regarding

the amounts at which, sales are recorded.  Those estimates and judgments will depend on a number of factors, including whether
customers are granted rights to reject or adjust the payment for the services provided to them.  

As is described above, during fiscal year 2006 we acquired certain businesses and, in accordance with GAAP, we accounted

for those acquisitions using the purchase method of accounting.  That accounting method required us to allocate the amount
paid for those businesses over the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired, and to classify the excess of the purchase price
over that fair value as goodwill.  In accordance with GAAP, we will be evaluating goodwill for impairments at least annually, or
more frequently if we believe that goodwill has been impaired in the interim due to changing facts or events (see “Long-Lived
Assets” below).  Other intangible assets that are separable from goodwill and have definite lives are subject to amortization over
their remaining useful lives.  Indefinite-lived intangible assets are subject to on-going evaluation for impairment.  Management
intends to formally evaluate the carrying value of its goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on the
anniversary date of each of the acquisitions that gave rise to the recording of such assets.

In making our estimates and assumptions, we follow GAAP in order to enable us to make fair and consistent estimates of

the fair value of assets and to establish adequate reserves or allowances for possible write-downs in the carrying values of our
assets.

Set forth below is a summary of the accounting policies and critical estimates that we believe are material to an under-

standing of our financial condition and results of operations.

41

Revenue Recognition Policies.  We generally record revenue at the time of shipment of the authenticated and graded
collectible or diamond to the customer.  Our authentication and grading customers generally prepay our authentication and
grading fees when they submit their collectible items to us for authentication and grading.  We record those prepayments as
deferred revenue until their graded collectibles are shipped back to them.  At that time, we record the revenues from the authen-
tication and grading services we have performed for the customer and deduct this amount from deferred revenue.  For certain
dealers to whom we extend open account privileges, we record revenue at the time of shipment of the authenticated and graded
collectible to the dealer. 

Accounts Receivable, Notes Receivable and the Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.  In the normal course of our authentication

and grading business, we extend payment terms to many of the larger, more creditworthy dealers who submit collectibles or
diamonds to us for authentication and grading on a recurring basis.  In addition, primarily in connection with our coin dealer
financing programs, we make advances or extend credit under notes receivable arrangements.  We regularly review our accounts
and notes receivable, estimate the amount of, and establish an allowance for, uncollectible amounts in each quarterly period.  The
amount of that allowance is based on several factors, including the age and extent of significant past due amounts, and, in the
case of notes receivable, the current value of the collateral we hold in support of the notes receivable, and known conditions or
trends that may affect the ability of account debtors or note obligors to pay their accounts or notes receivable balances.  Each
quarter we review estimates of uncollectible amounts and such economic or other conditions or trends in order to enable us to
determine whether or not to adjust the amount of the allowance.  For example, if the financial condition of certain dealers or
economic conditions were to deteriorate, adversely affecting their ability to make payments on their accounts or notes, increases
in the allowance may be required.  Since the allowance is created by recording a charge against income that is reflected in general
and administrative expenses, an increase in the allowance will cause a decline in our operating results in the period when the
increase is recorded.

Inventory Valuation Reserve.  Our collectibles inventories are valued at the lower of cost or fair value and have been reduced

by an inventory valuation allowance to provide for potential declines in the value of those inventories.  The amount of the
allowance is determined and is periodically adjusted on the basis of market knowledge, historical experience and estimates
concerning future economic conditions or trends that may impact the sale value of the collectibles inventories.  Additionally, due
to the relative uniqueness of some of the collectibles included in our collectibles inventory, valuation of such collectibles often
involves judgments that are more subjective than those that are required when determining the market values of more
standardized products.

If there were to be an economic downturn or there were to occur other events or circumstances that are likely to make it

more difficult to sell, or that would lead us to reduce the sales prices of those collectibles, it may become necessary to increase the
reserve.  Increases in this reserve will cause a decline in operating results, because such increases are recorded by charges against
income.  

Grading Warranty Costs.  We offer a limited warranty covering the coins, sportscards, stamps and currency that we authen-
ticate and grade.  Under the warranty, if any collectible that was previously authenticated and graded by us is later submitted to
us for re-grading and either (i) receives a lower grade upon that resubmittal or (ii) is determined not to have been authentic, we
will offer to purchase the collectible or pay the difference in value of the item at its original grade as compared with its lower
grade.  However, this warranty is voided if the collectible, upon resubmittal to us, is not in the same tamper resistant holder in
which it was placed at the time we last graded it.   We offer a similar limited warranty, of one year’s duration, on the diamonds
we grade.  We accrue for estimated warranty costs based on historical trends and related experience.  To date our reserves have
proved to be adequate.  However, if warranty claims were to increase in relation to historical trends and experience, we would be
required to increase our warranty reserves and incur additional charges that would adversely affect our results of operations in
those periods during which the warranty reserve is increased.

Long-Lived Assets. We regularly conduct reviews of property and equipment and other long-lived assets, including certain

identifiable intangibles and goodwill, for possible impairment.  Such reviews occur annually, or more frequently if events or
changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable in full.  In order to determine if the
value of an asset is impaired, we make an estimate of the future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) expected
to result from the use of that asset and its eventual disposition and determine its fair value by discounting those cash flows to
present value using a discount rate commensurate with management’s estimates of the business risks associated with the asset.  If
that estimated fair value is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized to write down the asset to
its estimated fair value.  The Company does not believe there was any impairment of its long-lived assets as of June 30, 2006.
There can be no assurance, however, that there will be no impairments of the Company’s long-lived assets in the future.

42

Stock-Based Compensation.  Effective July 1, 2005, we began recognizing share-based compensation expense based on the
fair value recognition provision of SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, using the Black-Scholes option valuation method.
Under that method, assumptions are made with respect to the expected lives of the options granted, the expected volatility of the
Company’s stock, dividend yield percentage and the risk-free interest rate at the date of grant.  In addition, under SFAS No.
123(R), we recognize and report share-based compensation expense net of option forfeitures that we expect will occur over the
vesting period, which we estimate on the basis of historical forfeiture experience or other factors that could affect future
forfeiture.  Once we determine the compensation expense of a stock option award, that expense is recognized in our consolidated
statements of operations over the vesting period of the option using the straight-line attribution method.

Capitalized Software.  Through June 30, 2006, we capitalized approximately $421,000 of software development costs in

accordance with Statement of Position (SOP) 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for
Internal Use.  SOP 98-1 requires that certain costs incurred, either from internal or external sources, be capitalized as part of
intangible assets and amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the software.  Planning, training, support and
maintenance costs incurred either prior to or following the implementation phase are recognized as expense in the period in
which they occur.  During fiscal 2006, approximately $11,000 was recorded as amortization expense.  The Company evaluates
the carrying values of capitalized software to determine if the carrying values are impaired, and, if necessary, an impairment loss is
recorded in the period in which the impairment occurs.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth certain financial data, expressed as a percentage of net revenues, derived from our statements

of operations for the respective periods indicated below:

Net revenues
Cost of revenues

Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Selling and marketing expenses
General & administrative expenses
Settlement of lawsuit

Total operating expenses
Operating income
Interest income, net
Other income (expense), net

Income before provision for income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Income from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of gain on sales 

of discontinued businesses (net of income taxes)

Net income

2006

Fiscal Years Ended June 30,
______________________________
2005
________     ________   ________
100.0%
100.0%
39.1%
36.4%
________     ________   ________
60.9%
63.6%

100.0%
40.3%

59.7%

2004

13.4%
36.1%
-

10.5%
30.9%
1.5%

12.0%
32.7%
-

49.5%
10.2%
6.3%
0.1%

________     ________   ________
44.7%
42.9%
16.2%
20.7%
0.5%
2.7%
(0.1%)
0.1%
________     ________   ________
16.6%
23.5%
6.0%
9.3%
________     ________   ________
10.6%
14.2%

16.6%
7.4%

9.2%

0.8%

(4.1%)
________     ________   ________
6.5%
14.3%
________     ________   ________
________     ________   ________

10.0%

0.1%

Net Revenues.  Net revenues consist primarily of fees generated from the grading and authentication of sportscards, coins

and stamps and, to a much lesser extent, the grading of diamonds, revenues from the sale of advertising, subscription-based
revenues, and the publication of collectibles magazines.  Net revenues are determined net of discounts and allowances.

43

The following tables set forth certain information regarding the increases in net revenues and in the number of collectibles

authenticated and graded in fiscal 2006, fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004: 

______________________     ______________________     ______________________________________________

2006 vs. 2005

2006

2005

Increase (Decrease)
______________________________________________

______________________________________________

Units Processed

Revenues

% of Net
Revenues

% of Net
Revenues

Amount

Amount

___________     ________    ___________     ________     ___________     ________     ___________     ________
(Dollars in thousands)
$626
318
2,363

7.1%
10.6%
138.7%
___________     ________    ___________     ________     ___________     ________     ___________     ________
13.3%
___________     ________    ___________     ________     ___________     ________     ___________     ________
___________     ________    ___________     ________     ___________     ________     ___________     ________

119,000
115,000
147,000

$23,829
8,461
4,624

$23,203
8,143
2,261

2.7%
3.9%
104.6%

64.6%
22.9%
12.5%

69.0%
24.2%
6.8%

$36,914

$33,607

381,000

100.0%

100.0%

$3,307

9.8%

Amounts

Percent

Number

Percent

______________________     ______________________     ______________________________________________

2005 vs. 2004

2004

2005

Increase (Decrease)
______________________________________________

______________________________________________

Units Processed

Revenues

% of Net
Revenues

% of Net
Revenues

Amount

Amount

___________     ________    ___________     ________     ___________     ________     ___________     ________
(Dollars in thousands)
$5,729
1,017
441

34.6%
8.6%
26.2%
___________     ________    ___________     ________     ___________     ________     ___________     ________
23.1%
___________     ________    ___________     ________     ___________     ________     ___________     ________
___________     ________    ___________     ________     ___________     ________     ___________     ________

429,000
86,000
22,000

$23,203
8,143
2,261

$17,474
7,126
1,820

32.8%
14.3%
24.2%

66.1%
27.0%
6.9%

69.0%
24.2%
6.8%

537,000

$26,420

$33,607

100.0%

100.0%

$7,187

27.2%

Amounts

Percent

Number

Percent

Coins
Sportscards
Other (1)

Coins
Sportscards
Other (1)

(1)Consists of autographs, stamps, currency and diamonds in fiscal 2006; autographs, stamps and currency in fiscal 2005; and autographs and stamps in

fiscal 2004.

Fiscal 2006 vs 2005

Revenues increased by $3,307,000 or 9.8% to $36,914,000 in fiscal year 2006, compared to $33,607,000 in fiscal year
2005.  This increase was comprised of increases of approximately $2,300,000, or 7%, in grading and authentication revenues,
and approximately $1,000,000, or 39%, in related services, primarily attributable to businesses we acquired in the first six
months of fiscal year 2006.  Approximately $1,600,000 of our fiscal 2006 revenues were generated by GCAL and CCE (which
we acquired in the first half of fiscal 2006) and by our currency authentication and grading business and our dealer lending
business, which recorded their first full year of operations following their launch in the latter half of 2005.  As a result, revenue
growth, excluding those four businesses, in 2006 was 5% over fiscal 2005.

The 7% increase in grading and authentication revenues was driven by a 13% increase in the number of units graded and
authenticated in fiscal year 2006, compared to the prior fiscal year.  Coin grading revenues increased by 2%, compared to a 7%
increase in the number of units graded, as a result of modern coins (for which we earn a lower service fee) representing a higher
proportion of total coins graded in fiscal year 2006, compared to fiscal 2005, primarily as a result of the continued success of the
Company’s First Strike program (see below). For sportcards, the 11% increase in the number of units graded resulted in a 4%
increase in grading revenues reflecting a decrease in the average service fee due to a higher proportion of units graded at special
pricing than in the prior year.  The 139% increase in units graded and authenticated for other collectibles resulted in a 70%
increase in grading and authentication revenues, primarily reflecting a change in pricing in our autograph authentication services
business that makes such services more attractive to a larger number of dealers and collectors.

The 7% increase in the number of coins graded and authenticated in fiscal 2006, as compared to the prior year, was
primarily attributable to an increase in coin submissions under the Company’s First Strike program (which has expanded in 2006
into a third and fourth quarter program, as compared to only a third quarter program in fiscal 2005).  These increases more than
offset a reduction in the number of units submitted from a coin dealer that had been our largest customer until the fourth
quarter of fiscal 2005, when its owner sustained a serious illness.  Revenues attributable to coin submissions by that customer
declined from 9% of total revenues in fiscal 2005 to 4% of total revenues for fiscal 2006.  Although the Company’s growth in
revenues in the current year has been depressed by the loss of coin revenues from that customer, we continue to believe that
general economic conditions are favorable to our coin grading and other businesses as evidenced by unit increases of 6% and
31%, respectively, in the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2006, compared to the corresponding periods of the prior year.

44

Fiscal 2005 vs. 2004.  The number of coins, sportcards and other collectibles (consisting of autographs, stamps and
currency) authenticated or graded in 2005 increased by 34.6%, 8.6% and 26.2%, respectively, in 2005, as compared to 2004,
resulting in a 23.1% increase, overall, in the number of units authenticated and graded and a 27.2% increase in net revenues.
Also contributing to the increase in net revenues in 2005 were increases in sales of advertising and collectors club memberships
totaling approximately $920,000 (which includes an approximate $319,000 increase in on-line advertising) in 2005, as compared
to 2004.  The average of the service fees earned for all collectibles was approximately the same in 2005 and 2004.   However,
revenues from modern coin submissions, on which we earn a lower average service fee than for vintage coin submissions,
accounted for a higher proportion of the coins authenticated and graded in 2005, than in 2004.  As a result, in 2005, the
increase in the number of coins authenticated and graded was greater than the increase in the net revenues attributable to coin
submissions. 

Gross Profit.  Gross profit is calculated by subtracting the cost of revenues from net revenues.  Gross profit margin is gross

profit stated as a percent of net revenues.  Cost of authentication and grading revenues, primarily consist of labor to authenticate
and grade collectibles, production costs, credit cards fees, warranty expense and occupancy, security and insurance costs that
directly relate to providing authentication and grading services, and printing and other direct costs.  In fiscal year 2006, our costs
of revenues included stock-based compensation, earned by employees in our authentication and grading division, which was
required to be recognized in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), beginning in fiscal 2006.  Stock based compensation was not
required to be recognized in fiscal years prior to 2006.

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Gross profit margin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
(Dollars in thousands)
_____________________________________________
2005
_____________     _____________     _____________
$21,368
63.6%

2006
$22,024
59.7%

2004
$16,098
60.9%

The decline in our gross profit margin from 63.6% in 2005 to 59.7% in fiscal year 2006, was primarily attributable to (i) a

modest decline in the average service fees for coins due to the mix of services provided in the periods; (ii) increased coin grader-
related compensation costs of $410,000 (which is net of a $194,000 credit for the reversal of a long-term compensation accrual
for a former employer due to termination of his employment) in fiscal year 2006, as a result of an increase in the number of
graders and the implementation of a more fixed-rate compensation plan: (iii) a change in the mix of collectibles and high value
assets graded to a lower proportion of coins, on which we realize higher margins than on authentication and grading of other
collectibles; and (iv) stock-based compensation expense of $302,000 for fiscal year 2006, recorded as required by SFAS No.
123(R).  Coin revenues represented approximately 65% of total net revenues in fiscal 2006, compared to approximately 69% of
total net revenues, in fiscal 2005.

The increase in the gross profit margin in 2005, as compared to 2004, was primarily attributable to (i) increases of 30% in
coin authentication and grading revenues, on which we realize higher margins than on authentication and grading submissions of
sportscards and other collectibles; (ii) the increases in net revenues (described above), which caused the fixed elements of our
costs of revenues to represent a lower percentage of total revenues than in 2004; and (iii) increases, as compared to 2004, in sales
of website advertising, for which the cost of sales were minimal.

Selling and Marketing Expenses

Selling and marketing expenses are comprised primarily of advertising and promotions costs, trade-show related expenses,

customer service personnel costs and third party consulting costs.  

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
(Dollars in thousands)
_____________________________________________
2005
_____________     _____________     _____________
$3,534
10.5%

2006
$4,918
13.4%

2004
$3,165
12.0%

Selling and marketing expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
As a percentage of net revenues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

45

The increase of $1,384,000 in selling and marketing expenses in fiscal year 2006, compared to fiscal year 2005 were
primarily attributable to (i) costs of approximately $850,000 (of which approximately $600,000 related to our diamond grading
business), incurred in fiscal 2006 in connection with the launch of the Company’s currency grading division and the
commencement of marketing programs for the businesses that we acquired in the first six months of fiscal year 2006 and the
launch of the Company’s currency grading division; (ii) increased collectibles trade-show expenses of approximately $330,000
incurred in fiscal 2006 due to the Company participating in more trade shows in fiscal 2006, and focusing more resources on our
trade show programs (at which we are able to generate higher average service fees due to the faster turnaround times demanded
by dealers and collectors attending those shows); (iii) increased advertising and promotional expenses of approximately $220,000
incurred in fiscal 2006, including promotional costs associated with the Company’s First Strike program; and (iv) increases in
personnel costs in our customer service departments.

The increase of $369,000 in selling and marketing expenses in 2005, compared to 2004, was primarily attributable to

increases in general marketing expenses (customer service personnel, advertising and trade-show related costs) in 2005.
Notwithstanding those increases, however, as a percentage of net revenues, selling and marketing expenses decreased from 12.0%
of net revenues in 2004 to 10.5% in 2005, indicating that we were able to increase authentication and grading revenues and sales
of advertising without having to make commensurate increases in our selling and marketing expenses.  

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative (“G&A”) expenses are comprised primarily of compen-

sation paid to general and administrative personnel, including executive management, finance and accounting, information
technology personnel, facilities management costs and other miscellaneous expenses.  In fiscal 2006, G&A expenses also included
stock-based compensation required to be recognized in accordance with SFAS No. 123 (R), effective July 1, 2005.

General & administrative expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
As a percentage of net revenues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
(Dollars in thousands)
_____________________________________________
2005
_____________     _____________     _____________
$10,367
30.9%

2006
$13,337
36.1%

2004
$8,664
32.7%

The increase in general and administrative expenses of $2,970,000 in fiscal 2006 were primarily attributable to general and

administrative expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition and integration in our operations of the newly acquired
businesses, investment in infrastructure to support the growth of our businesses, litigation costs, audit and Sarbanes-Oxley
compliance costs and stock-based compensation costs (arising from the adoption of SFAS 123(R)).  The increased costs
associated with the acquired businesses were approximately $1,000,000, which included business transition and intangible
amortization costs of approximately $340,000.  We also incurred approximately $290,000 in connection with the implemen-
tation of our business acquisition and expansion program in fiscal 2006.  The increased infrastructure costs of approximately
$630,000 in fiscal 2006 included investments in information technology systems and one-time space-related costs to support the
growth of our businesses.  Litigation costs were approximately $190,000 higher in fiscal 2006 than in fiscal 2005, primarily
attributable to the costs of the trial in the Miller lawsuit that took place in the second quarter of fiscal 2006.  Increased audit,
Sarbanes- Oxley and tax compliance costs of approximately $400,000, were incurred primarily in the first and fourth quarters of
fiscal 2006.  Stock-based compensation costs recognized pursuant to SFAS 123(R) and included in general and administrative
expenses for fiscal 2006 were $367,000. 

Although, in 2005, G&A expenses increased by $1,703,000, as compared to 2004, such expenses did not increase at the

same rate as did net revenues, due primarily to improvements in operating efficiencies and staff reductions we were able to make
as a result of the disposition of our collectibles sales businesses.  Therefore, as a percentage of net revenues, G&A expenses
declined to 30.8% in 2005 from 32.7% for 2004.  In dollar terms, the larger value components of the increases in G&A
expenses in 2005, compared to 2004, consisted primarily of (i) increases of approximately $320,000 in legal fees, including fees
incurred on litigation matters, such as the Real Legends lawsuit (discussed below); (ii) approximately $185,000 of costs incurred
in connection with the launch of our new currency grading service during 2005; (iii) consulting fees and audit costs of approxi-
mately $400,000 incurred in connection with the documentation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting, as
required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002; (iv) new business development personnel and outside consulting costs
of $263,000 incurred to develop and maintain our knowledge base in coins and to identify and analyze acquisition opportunities,
and (v) general expenses and infrastructure costs incurred to support the increased volume of business that we conducted in
2005, as compared with 2004.

46

Settlement of Lawsuit

Settlement of lawsuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
As a percentage of net revenues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
(Dollars in thousands)
_____________________________________________
2005
_____________     _____________     _____________
$500
1.5%

2004
$ -
-

2006
$ -
-

As previously reported, in January 2005, without any admission of wrongdoing, we settled a legal action brought by Real

Legends, Inc., a seller of sports cards against When It Was a Game (“WIWAG”), a sports card dealer, and against us as a co-
defendant.  Pursuant to the settlement terms, all of the claims asserted against the Company by plaintiff were settled and plaintiff
terminated the litigation, with prejudice, and we paid plaintiff $600,000, of which $100,000 was reimbursed to us by one of our
insurers.  As a result, the net cost to us of the settlement in 2005 was $500,000, or 1.5% of our net revenues. 

Stock-Based Compensation

In accordance with SFAS No. 123(R) – Share-Based Payment which, in the Company’s case, became effective as of July 1,

2005, we recognized stock-based compensation of $670,000 during fiscal 2006.  That stock-based compensation was attributable
to the following:

Cost of revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Selling and marketing expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
General and administrative expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Year Ended
June 30,
__________
2006
__________
$302,000
1,000
367,000
__________
$670,000
__________
__________

Prior to the adoption of SFAS No 123(R), we accounted for stock-based compensation in accordance with the Accounting

Principle Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations.  As such, compensation
expense was recorded at the date of grant only if the quoted market price of the underlying stock on that date exceeded the
exercise price of the options.  However, we had disclosed, in the notes to our financial statements, pro forma net earnings and pro
forma net earnings per share as if the fair value of all stock options as of their respective grant dates were recognized as expense
over the vesting periods of those options in accordance with SFAS No. 123 Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.

We adopted SFAS No. 123(R) using the modified prospective method.  Under this transition method, compensation costs
recognized in fiscal 2006 include: (i) compensation cost for all share-based awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of July
1, 2005, based on their respective grant date fair values estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS No. 123;
and (ii) compensation cost for all share-based awards granted subsequent to June 30, 2005, based on their respective grant-date
fair values estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R).  In accordance with the modified prospective
method, results for the corresponding periods of the prior year have not been restated and the Company will continue to disclose
the pro forma effect of option grants on net earnings and net earnings per share for periods ended prior to July 1, 2005 in the
footnotes to its financial statements.  However, we became aware of an error in the determination of the proforma expense in
years prior to adoption, as it relates to our estimate of the expected term assumption.  Therefore, the fiscal year 2005 proforma
expense has been restated as disclosed in note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this
Annual Report.

There were no modifications made to outstanding stock options prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R).

47

We will also continue to account for equity instruments issued to persons other than Company employees and directors
(“non-employees”) in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123 and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 96-
18, Accounting for Equity Instruments that are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling Goods or
Services. All transactions in which goods or services are the consideration received for equity instruments issued to non-
employees are accounted for based on the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued,
whichever is more reliably measurable.  The measurement date used to determine the fair value of any such equity instrument is
the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which the third-party performance is complete, (ii) the date on which it is probable that
performance will occur, or (iii) if different, the date on which the compensation has been earned by the non-employee.  However,
no equity instruments were issued to non-employees for goods or services during the three years ended June 30, 2006.

The Company issues stock options to employees and outside directors whose only condition for vesting are continued

employment or service during the related vesting period.  Typically, the vesting period is four years for employee awards and six
months for director awards, although awards are sometimes granted with immediate vesting.

For purposes of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company calculates stock-based compensation by estimating the fair value of each
stock option using the Black-Scholes option valuation model and various assumptions that are described in note 2 to the consoli-
dated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.  Once the compensation cost of an option is deter-
mined, that cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the option.

For fiscal 2006, stock-based compensation consisted of compensation costs attributable to options granted in prior years

that were outstanding but were not fully vested as of July 1, 2005, the effective date of SFAS No. 123(R), and compensation
costs for options that were granted during fiscal 2006, prorated from their respective grant dates to June 30, 2006.
Compensation costs, as determined, were adjusted for estimated forfeitures in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R).  Options to
purchase a total of approximately 42,000 shares of our common stock were granted to employees during fiscal 2006.

The method we employ to calculate stock-based compensation is consistent with the method used to compute stock-based
compensation under SFAS No. 123, except that under SFAS No. 123(R), we are required to estimate forfeitures, which we were
not required to and did not estimate under SFAS No. 123.  We have estimated forfeitures to be 10.5% per annum.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, we increased the forfeiture rate from 4% to 10.5% per annum based on estimates

of future forfeitures over the remaining term of unvested options at June 30, 2006 and the correction of an error in our earlier
estimate as more fully disclosed in note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual
Report.  

A total of $1,691,000 of compensation expense related to unvested stock-based compensation awards remained unrecog-
nized as of June 30, 2006.  Based on the assumption that the forfeiture rate will remain at 10.5% per annum, for the remaining
vesting periods, that amount will be recognized as compensation expense as follows:

Amount

Year Ending June 30,
__________________         __________
$684,000
635,000
341,000
31,000
__________
$1,691,000
__________
__________

2007
2008
2009
2010
Total

However, these amounts do not include the cost of any additional stock based compensation awards that may be granted
in future periods nor, as mentioned above, any changes that might occur in the Company’s compensation award forfeiture rate.

48

Interest Income, Net

Interest income is generated on cash balances that we invested, primarily in highly liquid money market accounts, short-

term bank certificates of deposit, auction rate securities and commercial paper instruments.  

Interest income, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Percent of net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
(Dollars in thousands)
_____________________________________________
2005
_____________     _____________     _____________
$906,000
2.7%

2006
$2,346,000
6.3%

2004
$135,000
0.5%

Interest income, net totaled $2,346,000 in fiscal year 2006, compared with $906,000 in fiscal year 2005, which was

primarily attributable to increases in our average cash, cash equivalents and short-term investment balances during fiscal 2006
and, to a lesser extent, increased interest rates during fiscal 2006.  The increase in the average cash and cash equivalent and short-
term investment balances were attributable to (i) the sale by us of 2,195,856 shares of our common stock in a public offering that
we completed in the third quarter of fiscal 2005, which generated net proceeds to us of $35,657,000; and (ii) cash generated
from the disposition of our collectibles sales businesses; and (iii) cash generated by operations, reduced by cash expended for
business acquisition in fiscal year 2006.  Interest income, net was $906,000 in 2005, compared to $135,000 in fiscal 2004.  The
increase in interest income in 2005, compared to 2004, resulted primarily from the same factors as indicated above.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
(Dollars in thousands)
_____________________________________________
2005
_____________     _____________     _____________
$3,141,000

2004
$1,581,000

2006
$2,733,000

Income tax expense recorded in fiscal 2006 was calculated based on our expected combined federal and state effective

income tax rates of approximately 45% for the fiscal year 2006, compared with 40% for the fiscal year 2005.  The increase in
the effective tax rate to 45% in fiscal 2006 reflects increased permanent differences between the Company’s income for book
purposes and for tax purposes due primarily to the non-deductibility of compensation costs on incentive stock options.

The provision made for income taxes in fiscal 2005 and 2004 were calculated on the basis of our expected federal and state

effective income tax rates for those years.  

Discontinued Operations

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
(Dollars in thousands)
_____________________________________________
2005
_____________     _____________     _____________

2004

2006

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of gain 

on sales of discontinued businesses (net of income taxes) . . . . . . 

$296,000

$60,000

$(1,068,000)

As a result of our decision in fiscal 2004 to dispose of our collectibles sales businesses, in accordance with SFAS No. 144

the assets and related liabilities of those businesses have been classified as held for sale and their related operating results for fiscal
years 2006, 2005 and 2004 have been classified as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements included in
this Annual Report.  The income (loss) from discontinued operations includes (i) the losses from the operations of our discon-
tinued collectibles sales businesses through the respective dates on which they were disposed of in fiscal 2004; and (ii) the losses
or gains recognized on the sales of those businesses and the disposition of those assets (consisting primarily of inventories and
accounts receivables) that we retained; and (iii) for fiscal 2006 the results of CTP from September 2, 2005 to November 30,
2005 (the date of its disposition). Other than fiscal 2004, when the collectible sales businesses were sold, the gain on disposal of
those businesses related to additional consideration on the sales of those businesses that became determinable in fiscal 2005 and
2006, as the terms of the sale of some of those businesses included provision for future consideration based on the performance
of such businesses for a period of time subsequent to their sales.

49

Quarterly Results of Operations and Seasonality

The following tables present unaudited quarterly financial information for each of the eight quarters beginning September

30, 2004 and ending on June 30, 2006.  The information has been derived from our unaudited quarterly financial statements,
which have been prepared by us on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-
K.  The consolidated financial information set forth below includes all adjustments, (consisting of normal adjustments and
accruals) that management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the unaudited quarterly results when read in conjunction
with the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K.  These operating results,
which reflect the reclassification of our results of operations between continuing operations and discontinued operations as a
result of the disposition of our collectibles sales businesses, are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any
subsequent periods.

Revenues in the second quarter of fiscal 2006 were 7% lower than the revenues for the second quarter of fiscal 2005, due
primarily to lower coin submissions from one of our largest customers due to a serious illness that occurred in the fourth quarter
of fiscal 2005, which resulted in a reduction in revenues earned from that customer in the second quarter and fiscal 2006.

The increase in revenues of 12% and 25% in the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2006, compared to the corresponding

periods of the prior year, reflect the continued success of the Company’s First Strike program, which, in fiscal year 2006,
generated revenues in both the third and fourth quarters, compared with primarily the third quarter of fiscal 2005.   In addition,
in fiscal 2006, the Company benefited from revenues from new businesses that we did not own or operate for the full fiscal year
2005.  

With respect to the sales and marketing costs in our diamond grading business, approximately $240,000 was associated

with the initial re-launch and re-positioning of the company at the major trade show of the year in early June 2006 which we do
not expect to repeat. Along with the newly acquired American Gemological Laboratories (AGL), an authentication and grading
service in colored gemstones, our aggregate expenditures for sales and marketing will continue at approximately current levels
associated with the jewelry division for at least the first three quarters of fiscal 2007 as we communicate our new services as part
of our strategy to increase market share. Because of the similar distribution channels for GCAL and AGL, and even though AGL
is adding new services which will require marketing expenditures, we do not anticipate increases above current levels since many
of the expenditures are expected in the same trade publications, the same trade shows and in other related promotional activities.
Since we expect revenues to increase at GCAL and AGL, we also expect that the percentage of revenue associated with sales and
marketing expenses will decline.

With respect to the general and administrative expense incurred by our GCAL diamond grading business, approximately
$140,000 was associated with legal and consulting expenses related to the initial integration, in part related to legal expenses to
support some of the new proprietary services and programs introduced by GCAL during the term such as Source Veritas. Along
with the newly acquired colored gemstone grading business of AGL, we expect the integration expenses for software, systems and
legal expenses to continue at approximately current levels associated with the jewelry division for at least the first three quarters of
2007 as we complete the integration of GCAL and initiate and complete the integration of AGL.  Since we expect revenues to
increase at GCAL and AGL, we also expect that the percentage of revenue associated with their general and administrative
expenses will decline.

50

Quarterly Reports of Operations
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
June 30,
2006(1)
_______

Sept. 30, Dec. 31, Mar. 31,
2005

2005
_______    _______    _______   _______    _______ 

_______    _______

Sept. 30,
2004

Dec. 31, Mar. 31,

June 30,
2005

2006

2005

2004

Quarters Ended
(In thousands, except per share data)

Statement of Operations Data:
Net revenues
Cost of revenues

Gross profit
SG&A expenses
Settlement of lawsuit

Operating income 
Interest and other income, net

Income before income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Income from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, 

net of gain on sales of discontinued businesses 
(net of income taxes)

Net income 

Net income per basic share:

Income from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, 

net of gain on sales of discontinued businesses
(net of income taxes)

Net income 

Net income per diluted share:

Income from continuing operations 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, 

net of gain on sales of discontinued businesses
(net of income taxes)

Net income 

Weighted average shares outstanding

$8,475
3,152

$7,982
2,998

$8,195
2,826

4,984
3,040
500

5,369
3,244
-

$8,955
$8,825
3,372
3,263
_______    _______    _______   _______    _______ 
5,453
5,692
4,310
3,464
-
-
_______    _______    _______   _______    _______ 
1,143
2,228
550
225
_______    _______    _______   _______    _______ 
1,693
2,453
714
981
_______    _______    _______   _______    _______ 
979
1,472

5,323
4,153
-

2,189
878

1,701
654

1,170
531

1,444
112

2,125
64

1,556
628

1,311

1,047

928

(69)

(12)
_______    _______    _______   _______    _______ 
$1,242
$ 967
$1,469
_______    _______    _______   _______    _______ 

$1,186

$ 921

139

(7)

(3)

$7,447
3,118

4,329
3,944
-

$10,022
4,088
_______    _______
5,934
4,632
-
_______    _______
1,302
596
_______    _______
1,898
804
_______    _______
1,094

1,001
447

385
616

554

$10,620
4,312
_______
6,308
5,369
-
_______
939
606
_______
1,545
768
_______
777

181

-
_______    _______
$ 735
$ 1,094
_______    _______

127
_______
$
904
_______

$ 0.21

$ 0.15

$ 0.21

$ 0.12

$ 0.11

$ 0.07

$

0.13

$

0.09

(0.01)

-
_______    _______    _______   _______    _______ 
$ 0.20
$ 0.11
$ 0.21
_______    _______    _______   _______    _______ 
_______    _______    _______   _______    _______ 

$ 0.14

$ 0.15

0.02

-

-

0.02

-
_______    _______
$ 0.09
0.13
_______    _______
_______    _______

$

0.02
_______
$
0.11
_______
_______

$ 0.20

$ 0.14

$ 0.19

$ 0.12

$ 0.11

$ 0.06

$

0.12

$

0.09

(0.01)

-
_______    _______    _______   _______    _______ 
$0.11
$0.19
_______    _______    _______   _______    _______ 
_______    _______    _______   _______    _______ 

$0.14

$0.13

$0.19

0.01

-

-

0.02

-
_______    _______
$0.12
_______    _______
_______    _______

$0.08

0.01
_______
$0.10
_______
_______

Basic
Diluted

6,214
6,569

6,242
6,695

7,113
7,571

8,479
8,902

8,486
8,806

8,488
8,803

8,485
8,822

8,433
8,750

(1) During the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company determined that assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model
related principally to the expected term of an option and the forfeiture rate used in the determination of stock-based compen-
sation expense during fiscal 2006 were incorrect. We determined that the stock-based compensation expense recognized during
the interim periods of 2006 was understated by approximately $35,000 in each of the first three quarters of 2006, or approxi-
mately $105,000 for the nine month period ended March 31, 2006.  We also determined that the understatement of expense in
each of the interim periods of 2006 was immaterial to each quarter, and, accordingly, in the fourth quarter of 2006, we recorded
a correcting adjustment of $105,000 to stock-based compensation expense, or approximately $0.01 per diluted share.
Accordingly, this adjustment is reflected in cost of revenues ($47,000) and selling, general and administrative expense ($58,000).
See notes 2 and 17 to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.

51

Quarterly Reports of Operations

Selected Operating Data:
Units authenticated or graded

Coins
Sportscards
Autographs
Stamps
Currency
Diamonds

Total

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Quarters Ended
(In thousands)
_____________________________________________________________________________
June 30,
Sept. 30,
2006
2004
_______

Sept. 30, Dec. 31, Mar. 31,
2005

2005
_______    _______    _______   _______    _______ 

_______    _______

Dec. 31, Mar. 31,

June 30,
2005

2005

2004

2006

371
265
22
5
-
-

421
253
17
7
-
-

449
283
15
7
-
-

429
283
23
7
3
-

395
283
55
9
9
-

357
275
34
7
5
1

_______    _______    _______   _______    _______ 
754
_______    _______    _______   _______    _______ 
_______    _______    _______   _______    _______ 

663

698

751

745

_______    _______

679

_______    _______
_______    _______

854

474
315
45
10
9
1

563
326
47
12
6
3

_______
957
_______
_______

At June 30, 2006, we had cash and cash equivalents of $52,110,000, as compared to $65,439,000 at June 30, 2005.  

Historically, we have relied on internally-generated funds, rather than borrowings, as our primary source of funds to
support our grading operations.  Additionally, our authentication and grading services have, and in the future we expect that they
will, provide us with relatively stable and predictable cash flows, largely because (i) in many instances our customers prepay for
those services at the time they submit their collectibles to us for authentication and grading, and (ii) in the event of a decline in
authentication and grading submissions, we have the ability to reduce our variable operating costs to offset, at least partially, the
impact on our cash flows of such a decline.

Due to the Company having utilized its net operating losses for federal tax purposes by March 31, 2006, the Company was

required to make federal tax payments on its estimated taxable income in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006.  The Company
continues to have losses and tax credits available for state income tax purposes.

During fiscal 2006, operating activities of our continuing operations provided net cash of $7,593,000, compared with

$7,447,000 generated in fiscal 2005.

Investing activities used net cash of $18,253,000 during fiscal 2006, primarily to fund (i) $14,582,000 used to fund the

purchases of the businesses we acquired during the fiscal year 2006; and (ii) net advances of $2,253,000 that we made under our
Dealer Financing Program conducted by our wholly owned subsidiary, Collectors Finance Corporation, and (iii) capital expendi-
tures of $1,366,000, primarily for the purchase of fixed assets.

In fiscal 2006, financing activities used net cash of $3,059,000, including cash of $2,628,000 used to repurchase the
Company’s common stock under the Company’s Stock Buyback Program (see below) and $674,000 used to pay cash dividends
to stockholders (see below), partially offset by proceeds of $243,000 from the exercise of employee stock options.

Bank Line of Credit.  In fiscal 2005 we organized Collectors Finance Corporation (“CFC”), as a wholly-owned subsidiary,

to engage in the business of making loans primarily to coin dealers.  All such loans are required to be collateralized by the
delivery to us of collectibles that have a fair market value of at least the amount of the loans.  The loans are required to be repaid
to us when those collectibles are returned to the dealers.  To provide a source of funding for those loans, in June 2005 CFC
obtained a revolving bank line of credit pursuant to a loan and security agreement that permits CFC to borrow, at any one time,
up to the lesser of (i) $7,000,000 or (ii) an amount equal to 85% of the aggregate principal amount of those of its loan receiv-
ables that meet the bank’s eligibility criteria.  Borrowings under that credit line, which has a term of two years ending in June
2007, bear interest at rates based on the bank’s prime rate or LIBOR, as applicable, and are secured by the loan receivables due
CFC.  There were no borrowings outstanding under that line of credit at June 30, 2006.

52

CFC’s obligations under this line of credit have been guaranteed by the Company pursuant to a Continuing Guaranty

Agreement with the bank lender.  The terms of that Agreement require the Company to be in compliance with certain financial
and other restrictive covenants, and require the consent of the lender (i) for the payment of cash dividends or repurchases of our
common stock in an aggregate amount exceeding its annual net income in any year, and (ii) to consummate more than
$5,000,000 of business acquisitions in any year.  The Company was in compliance with all of these covenants at June 30, 2006
and received the required consents from the lender for the purchase of the Gemprint business, the repurchase of the Company’s
common stock, and the payment of dividends during fiscal 2006.

Outstanding Financial Obligations.  We had the following outstanding obligations under operating leases, net of sublease

income at June 30, 2006 for years ending June 30:

2007..................................................................................................................
2008..................................................................................................................
2009..................................................................................................................
2010..................................................................................................................
2011 .................................................................................................................
Thereafter .........................................................................................................

$1,410,000
1,594,000
1,585,000
840,000
393,000
1,756,000
_________
$7,578,000
_________
_________

With the exception of these obligations, we do not have any material financial obligations, such as long-term debt, capital

lease, or long-term purchase obligations.  In the event that CFC incurs any borrowings under its line of credit, we will have an
obligation to repay such borrowings; however, as noted above, there were no borrowings outstanding under this line of credit at
June 30, 2006.

Stock Buyback Program.  In December 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a $10 million stock buyback

program.  The program authorizes the Company to make up to $10,000,000 of stock repurchases in open market or privately
negotiated transactions, in accordance with applicable Securities Exchange Commission rules, when opportunities to make such
repurchases, at attractive prices, become available.  The Company is under no obligation to repurchase any shares under the stock
buyback program and the timing, actual number and value of shares that may be repurchased under that program will depend on
a number of factors, including the Company’s future financial performance, the Company’s available cash resources and
competing uses for the cash that may arise in the future, prevailing market prices of the Company’s common stock and the
number of shares that become available for sale at prices that the Company believes are attractive.  During fiscal year 2006, the
Company repurchased a total of 181,851 shares of its common stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately
$2,628,000 (which includes transaction costs of approximately $10,000).  Additional information regarding these share repur-
chases is set forth in Item 5 of Part II of this Annual Report.

Dividends.  On May 31, 2006, the Board of Directors adopted a dividend policy that calls for the payment of an expected

total annual cash dividend of $0.32 per common share, payable in the amount of $0.08 per share per quarter.  To date, the Board
of Directors has declared the following quarterly cash dividends under this policy.

Dividend 
Declaration
Date
Payment Date
____________________________________________________________________
June 28, 2006
May 31, 2006
September 12, 2006
August 15, 2006

June 14, 2006
August 29, 2006

Record Date:

The declaration of cash dividends in the future, pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy, is subject to final determi-
nation each quarter by the Board of Directors based on a number of factors, including the Company’s financial performance and
its available cash resources, its cash requirements and alternative uses of cash that the Board may conclude would represent an
opportunity to generate a greater return on investment for the Company.  For these reasons, as well as others, there can be no
assurance that the amount of the quarterly cash dividend will not be reduced, or that the Board of Directors will not decide to
suspend or discontinue the payment of cash dividends, in the future.

53

We plan to use our cash resources to (i) expand our existing and implement new marketing programs; (ii) introduce new

services for our customers; (iii) acquire or start-up other high-value collectibles or high-value asset authentication and grading
businesses; (iv) make private and open market share repurchases under our stock buyback program if there are opportunities to
do so at prices that we believe are attractive; (v) continue paying dividends to our stockholders, as determined by the Board of
Directors; and (vi) fund working capital requirements, and for other corporate purposes.  Although we have no current plans to
do so, we also may seek borrowings, and we may issue additional shares of our stock, to finance acquisitions of additional authen-
tication and grading businesses.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(“SFAS”) No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments (an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140)
and SFAS No.156, Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets (an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140).  We do not expect
the adoption of SFAS No. 155 and SFAS No. 156 to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operation.

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes: an interpretation of

FASB Statement No. 109. Interpretation 48 clarifies Statement 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, to indicate a criterion that an
individual tax position would have to meet for some or all of the benefit of that position to be recognized in an entity’s financial
statements.  Interpretation 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2006.  We do not expect the adoption of
Interpretation 48 to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operation.

ITEM 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows due to

adverse changes in financial market prices, including interest rate risk, foreign currency exchange rate risk, commodity price risk
and other relevant market rate or price risks.

Due to the cash and cash equivalent balances that we maintain, we are exposed to risk of changes in short-term interest

rates.  At June 30, 2006, we had $52,110,000 in cash and cash equivalents, primarily invested in money market funds.
Reductions in short-term interest rates could result in reductions in the amount of that income.  However, the impact on our
operating results of such changes is not expected to be material.

The Company has no activities that would expose it to foreign currency exchange rate risk or commodity price risks.

54

ITEM 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page

Report of Grant Thornton LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.................................................... 56

Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ................................................ 57

Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2006 and 2005 .......................................................................................... 58

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004.................................... 59

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity For the Years Ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004 .................... 60

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004 ................................... 61

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements For the Years Ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004............................ 63

55

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders
Collectors Universe, Inc. and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Collectors Universe, Inc. and subsidiaries (the
Company) as of June 30, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash
flows for each of the two years ended June 30, 2006.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s
management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above, present fairly, in all material respects, the

consolidated financial position of Collectors Universe, Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2006 and 2005 and the results of their
consolidated operations and their consolidated cash flows for each of the two years ended June 30, 2006, in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  

As described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for 
stock-based employee compensation as a result of adopting Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), Share-
Based Payment, effective July 1, 2005.

Our audit was conducted for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a

whole.  The Schedule II is presented for purposes of additional analysis and is not a required part of the basic consolidated
financial statements. This schedule has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the basic consolidated
financial statements and, in our opinion, is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the basic consolidated financial
statements taken as a whole.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States), the effectiveness of Collectors Universe, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of June 30,
2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated September 7, 2006, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Irvine, California
September 7, 2006

56

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of
Collectors Universe, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Collectors
Universe, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) for the year ended June 30, 2004. Our audit also included the financial statement
schedule listed in the index in Part IV, Item 15(A) (2) for the year ended June 30, 2004. These financial statements and the
financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these financial statements and the financial statement schedule based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of
its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a
basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion
on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An
audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of

operations and cash flows of Collectors Universe, Inc. and subsidiaries for the year ended June 30, 2004, in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule
for the year ended June 30, 2004, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Costa Mesa, California
September 23, 2004

57

COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except per share data)

ASSETS

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $37 in 2006 and $38 in 2005
Inventories, net
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Customer notes receivable, net of allowance of $16 in 2006 and $0 in 2005
Deferred income taxes
Receivables from sale of net assets of discontinued operations
Current assets of discontinued operations held for sale

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Note receivable from sale of discontinued operation
Deferred income taxes
Other assets
Non-current assets of discontinued operations held for sale

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Accrued compensation and benefits
Income taxes payable
Deferred revenue
Current liabilities of discontinued operations held for sale

Total current liabilities

Deferred rent
Other long-term liabilities
Commitments and contingencies (note 15)

Stockholders’ equity:

Preferred stock, $.001 par value; 5,000 shares authorized;

no shares issued or outstanding

Common stock, $.001 par value; 45,000 shares authorized;

Shares issued: 8,475 in 2006 and 8,610 in 2005;
Shares outstanding (net of treasury stock): 8,350 in 2006 and 8,485 in 2005

Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Treasury stock, at cost (125 shares)
Total stockholders’ equity

June 30,
_____________________
________         ________

2005

2006

$ 65,439
1,508
436
1,102
1,560
2,854
63
365
________         ________
73,327

$ 52,110
1,753
437
1,010
3,797
1,414
196
83
60,800

857
1,897
-
9,799
79
4,674
-
321
1,051
342
174
388
46
-
________         ________
$ 78,221
$ 75,534
________         ________
________         ________

$

$

753
1,563
1,069
-
1,001
27
________         ________
4,413

907
2,043
1,075
496
1,384
8
5,913

402
-
-

386
169
-

-

-

9
8
78,594
76,909
(7,016)
(3,990)
(1,021)
(1,021)
________         ________
70,566
71,906
________         ________
$ 78,221
$ 75,534
________         ________
________         ________

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

58

COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share data)

Year Ended June 30,

__________________________________
2005
________         ________         ________

2004

2006

Net revenues:

Grading, authentication and related services

Cost of revenues:

Cost of grading, authentication and related services

Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Selling and marketing expenses
General and administrative expenses
Settlement of lawsuit

Total operating expenses

Operating income
Interest income, net
Other income (expense), net
Income before provision for income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Income from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of gain on sales of discontinued

businesses (net of income taxes)

Net income

Net income per basic share:

$36,914

$33,607

$26,420

10,322
________         ________         ________
16,098

14,890
22,024

12,239
21,368

3,165
8,664
-
________         ________         ________
11,829
________         ________         ________
4,269
135
(25)
________         ________         ________
4,379
1,581
________         ________         ________
2,798

3,534
10,367
500
14,401
6,967
906
26
7,899
3,141
4,758

4,918
13,337
-
18,255
3,769
2,346
22
6,137
2,733
3,404

296
$ 3,700

(1,068)
60
________         ________         ________
$ 1,730
$ 4,818
________         ________         ________
________         ________         ________

Income from continuing operations 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of gain on sales of discontinued 

$0.40

$0.68

$0.45

businesses (net of income taxes)

Net income

Net income per diluted share:

(0.17)
________         ________         ________
$0.28
________         ________         ________
________         ________         ________

0.04
$0.44

0.01
$0.69

Income from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of gain on sales of discontinued

$0.39

$0.64

$0.44

businesses (net of income taxes)

Net income

Weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic
Diluted

(0.17)
________         ________         ________
$0.27
________         ________         ________
________         ________         ________

0.01
$0.65

0.03
$0.42

8,473
8,782

7,013
7,452

6,170
6,463

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

59

COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands)

Additional

Retained
Earnings

Balance at June discontinued 30, 2003
Exercise of stock options
Tax benefit on exercise of stock options
Issuances of stock under stock purchase plan and 

related compensation expense

Net income
Cancellation of stock issued to a former officer

Balance at June 30, 2004

Issuance of common stock in public offering 

(net of expenses)

Exercise of stock options
Tax benefit on exercise of stock options
Issuances of stock under stock purchase plan 

and related compensation expense

Net income

Balance at June 30, 2005

Exercise of stock options
Stock compensation expenses
Tax benefit on exercise of stock options
Shares repurchased and cancelled under the 

Stock Repurchase Plan

Net income
Dividends paid ($0.08 per share)

Balance at June 30, 2006

Shares

Common Stock

Deficit)
________________________________________________________________________
(125) $ (1,021) $ 26,319
$ (13,564)
883
-
342
-

Paid-in (Accumulated
Capital
$ 40,898
883
342

Amount
6
$
-
-

6,255
204
-

Treasury Stock

Amount

Shares

Total

-
-

-
-

92
-
1,730
1,730
-
-
________     ________     ________     ________     ________     ________     ________
(125) $ (1,021) $ 29,366
$ (11,834)

92
-
-
$ 42,215

12
-
(133)
6,338

-
-
-
6

-
-
-

-
-
-

$

2,196
71
-

2
1
-

35,655
283
338

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

35,657
284
338

-
103
4,818
4,818
________     ________     ________     ________     ________     ________     ________
(125) $ (1,021) $ 70,566
$ (7,016)

103
-
$ 78,594

5
-
8,610

-
-
9

-
-

-
-

$

47
-
-

-
-
-

243
670
29

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

243
670
29

(2,628)
-
3,700
3,700
(674)
(674)
________     ________     ________     ________     ________     ________     ________
(125) $ (1,021) $ 71,906
$ (3,990)
________     ________     ________     ________     ________     ________     ________
________     ________     ________     ________     ________     ________     ________

(2,627)
-
-
$ 76,909

(182)
-
-
8,475

(1)
-
-
8

-
-
-

-
-
-

$

The accompanying notes are in integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

60

COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)

Year Ended June 30,

__________________________________
2005
________         ________         ________

2006

2004

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided

By operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Stock-based compensation expense
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
Loss on termination of sublease
Discontinued operations
Provision for bad debts and returns
Provision for inventory write-down
(Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment 
Deferred income taxes

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other
Refundable income taxes
Other assets
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Accrued compensation and benefits
Income taxes payable
Deferred revenue
Deferred rent
Other long-term liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities

Net cash provided by operating activities of discontinued businesses

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
Capital expenditures
Purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired
Advances on customer notes receivable 
Proceeds from collection of customer notes receivable
Capitalized software
Cash received from sale of net assets of discontinued operations

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan
Proceeds from sale of common stock, net
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
Payments for retirement of common stock
Dividends paid to common stockholders

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

$

3,700

$

4,818

$

1,730

919
670
29
83
(296)
55
72
8
1,853

443
33
338
-
(60)
38
-
(10)
2,474

647
50
342
-
1,068
31
53
25
1,154

(367)
(325)
(143)
1,170
29
(350)
446
(14)
448
10
64
________         ________         ________
6,068
________         ________         ________
8,128
________         ________         ________

(756)
16
(321)
13
(88)
510
133
-
(224)
(15)
105
7,447
784

(115)
(73)
(63)
-
(278)
403
(164)
496
278
16
-
7,593
390

83
(538)
-
-
-
-
2,307
________         ________         ________
1,852
________         ________         ________

8
(1,366)
(14,582)
(4,283)
2,030
(421)
361
(18,253)

11
(256)
-
(6,078)
4,518
-
1,548
(257)

60
-
70
-
-
35,657
864
243
284
-
(2,628)
-
-
(674)
-
________         ________         ________
924
(3,059)
36,011
________         ________         ________
16,972
(13,329)
43,985
4,482
65,439
21,454
________         ________         ________
$ 52,110
$ 21,454
$ 65,439
________         ________         ________
________         ________         ________

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

61

COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued)
(in thousands)

Year Ended June 30,

__________________________________
2005
________         ________         ________

2004

2006

$ 624
16
$

$ 213
3
$

$ 14
2
$

$ 515

-
$
________         ________         ________
-
$
________         ________         ________
________         ________         ________

$ 515

$

$

-

-

$

$

$

(41)
(296)
947
600
1,117

-
-
-
-
-
________         ________         ________
-
$
________         ________         ________
________         ________         ________

$2,327

-
-
-
-
-

$

-

$

$ 119
53
3,068

-
-
-
________         ________         ________
-
$
________         ________         ________
________         ________         ________

$3,240

-
-
-

$

$

-

$

$

40
3,444
5,099

-
-
-
________         ________         ________
-
$
________         ________         ________
________         ________         ________

$8,583

-
-
-

$

$

-

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Income taxes paid
Interest paid

Effective July 14, 2005, the Company acquired CoinFacts.com in a 

transaction summarized as follows:

Goodwill

Purchase price

Effective September 2, 2005, the Company acquired Certified Coin Exchange (CCE) 

in a transaction summarized as follows:
Fair value of net liabilities assumed
Deferred taxes recognized at acquisition
Intangible assets
Fair value of computertradingpost.com, Inc., including net assets
Goodwill

Purchase price, net of $50 cash acquired

Effective November 8, 2005, the Company acquired Gem Certification
and Appraisal Lab (GCAL) in a transaction summarized as follows:

Fair value of net assets acquired
Intangible assets
Goodwill

Purchase price, net of $28 cash acquired

Effective December 22, 2005, the Company acquired the business of 
Gemprint Corporation in a transaction summarized as follows:

Fair value of net assets acquired
Intangible assets
Goodwill

Purchase price

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
During 2004, in connection with the divestiture of the Company’s collectibles auctions and 
direct sales businesses, the Company sold such businesses for gross proceeds of approximately
$2,874,000, of which $2,307,000 and $544,000 were received in 2004 and 2005, respectively.  
The balance of $23,000 is included as part of the receivables from the sale of discontinued 
operations in the accompanying balance sheet at June 30, 2005.

In connection with the sale of CTP in November, 2005, the Company received a note 
receivable of $458,000.  

The Company realized a gain of $104,000 in fiscal 2006 related to the on-going disposal of 
one of its collectible sales businesses, which proceeds were received subsequent to 
June 30, 2006 (see note 4).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

62

COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND 
SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS

1.    Company Organization and Nature of Business

Organization

Concurrently, with the exchange transaction with PCGS,

Collectors Universe acquired the assets of the auction
businesses of Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins, Inc. (“Lyn Knight”)
and Kingswood Coin Auctions, LLC (“Kingswood”) and the
minority ownership interests in Superior Sportscard Auctions,
LLC (“Superior”) and Internet Universe, LLC (“IU”), both
of which were majority-owned subsidiaries of PCGS at the
time these acquisitions were consummated.  See note 4,
Discontinued Operations.

Collectors Universe, Inc. (“We,” “us,” the “Company” or

In fiscal 2005, Collectors Finance Corporation (“CFC”)

“Collectors Universe”) is a Delaware corporation that was
organized on February 5, 1999 for the purpose of enabling
Professional Coin Grading Service, Inc. (“PCGS”) to acquire
other businesses that, like PCGS, would provide services to
the collectibles markets.  On February 5, 1999, Collectors
Universe issued 4,327,000 shares of common stock in
exchange for all of the outstanding shares of PCGS.  As a
result of that exchange, the former stockholders of PCGS
became stockholders of Collectors Universe, with each of
them receiving a number of our shares based on his or her
percentage ownership of the shares of PCGS.  Prior to this
exchange, Collectors Universe had no operating assets or
liabilities and had not yet conducted any operations.  The
assets and liabilities acquired were recorded at the PCGS’
basis as the transaction represented a transfer of assets and
liabilities between entities under common control.

began operations as a 100% subsidiary of the Company to
engage in the business of making short-term loans to
collectibles dealers pursuant to a Dealer Financing Program.
Under that program, CFC offers short-term loans to estab-
lished collectibles dealers.  The loans are secured by the
delivery of coins or other collectibles to us.  In March 2005,
CFC received a California Finance Lenders License.

In fiscal 2006, the Company acquired the following
businesses, the results of operations of which have been
consolidated into the financial statements of the Company
from their respective dates of acquisition:

Business
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
CoinFacts.com
Certified Coin Exchange
Gem Certification &  Appraisal Lab, LLC
Gemprint Corporation

July 14, 2005
September 2, 2005
November 8, 2005
December 22, 2005

$0.5 million
$2.2 million
$3.0 million
$7.5 million

Acquisition Date

Purchase Price

Nature of the Business

We are a collectibles company engaged in the provision of

authentication, grading and related services for high-value
collectibles and other high value assets.  We provide authenti-
cation and grading services for rare collectibles, consisting of
coins, vintage U.S. paper currency, sportscards, stamps, sports
memorabilia and autographs, and for diamonds and colored
gemstones.  We also publish magazines that provide market
prices and information for certain collectibles and high value
assets, operate the CCE subscription business and sell adver-
tising on our websites and in those magazines.

During the period from 1999 through the latter part of

fiscal 2004, we also were engaged in the business of marketing
and selling high-end collectible coins, sportscards and sports
entertainment and historical memorabilia.  Most of those sales
were made at multi-venue auctions that were conducted by our
collectibles sales divisions, which were comprised of Bowers
and Merena Galleries and Kingswood Coin Auctions for rare 

coins, Superior Sportscard Auctions for vintage sportscards and 
sports memorabilia and Odyssey for entertainment and
historical memorabilia.  We also sold collectible coins by direct
sales methods.

On December 4, 2003, our Board of Directors adopted a

plan to focus the Company’s financial and management
resources and collectibles expertise, on the operations and
growth of its authentication and grading businesses, by
divesting the collectibles auctions and direct sales businesses
comprising its collectibles sales segment.  As a result, in the
accompanying consolidated financial statements, the assets and
related liabilities of the collectibles sales segment have been
classified as held for sale and the related operating results have
been classified as discontinued operations in accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 144
(see note 4).

63

2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

not exceed 90 days.  Such trading securities are carried at
market value in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at
June 30, 2006.  Unrealized gains on such trading securities were
approximately $0 and $106,000 at June 30, 2006 and 2005.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have

been prepared in accordance with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.

Concentrations

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements
include the accounts of Collectors Universe, Inc. and its owned
subsidiaries, all of which are 100% owned by the Company.
At June 30, 2006, such operating subsidiaries were Professional
Coin Grading Services, Inc., Collectors Finance Corporation,
Certified Asset Exchange, Inc., and Gem Certification and
Assurance Lab, Inc.  In 2004, the Company disposed of the
businesses comprising its collectibles sales segment and, accord-
ingly, the assets and liabilities of those businesses have been
classified as held for sale and their related operating results
(including the gains or losses recognized on the sales of those
businesses) have been classified as discontinued operations.  See
note 4.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assump-
tions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities
and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting periods.  Actual results may
differ from those estimates, and such differences may be
material to the consolidated financial statements.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments with original
maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be
cash and cash equivalents.  At June 30, 2006, cash and cash
equivalents included approximately $51,000,000 of trading
securities, primarily comprising money market-account
balances.  However, such cash and cash equivalents may also, at
times, include high quality commercial paper issued by U.S. or
foreign companies and bank certificates of deposit, which were
included in cash and cash equivalents at June 30, 2005.  The
minimum credit quality of the portfolio of trading securities
must be rated no less than single-A long term or A1/P1 short
term, and the portfolio must contain no more than 25%
exposure to securities of issuers whose principal business activ-
ities are in the same industry.  However, the 25% limitation
does not apply to securities guaranteed by the U.S. government
or to bank obligations, subject to U.S. banking regulations.  In
addition, the weighted average maturity of the portfolio must

Financial instruments that potentially subject the

Company to significant concentrations of credit risk at June 30,
2006 consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts
receivables and notes receivables. 

Financial Instruments and Cash Balances.  Through

September 30, 2004, the Company had invested its excess cash
in a large uninsured institutional money market fund.  In
September 2004, the Company adopted a policy to invest its
excess cash in a portfolio of high quality U.S. dollar-denomi-
nated money market type or similar securities, and appointed a
new portfolio manager.  At June 30, 2006 and 2005, the
Company’s excess funds of approximately $51,000,000 and
$60,000,000, respectively, were primarily invested in certificates
of deposit, in a money market fund, and in high quality
commercial paper.  In addition, at June 30, 2006, the
Company had approximately $600,000 in a non-interest
bearing bank account for general day-to-day operations.

Accounts Receivable.  A substantial portion of accounts

receivable is due from collectibles dealers.  At June 30, 2006
and 2005, accounts receivable from two and one customers
represented 31% and 46%, respectively, of the Company’s total
gross accounts receivable balances.  We perform an analysis of
the expected collectibility of accounts receivable based on
several factors, including the age and extent of significant past
due accounts and economic conditions or trends that may
impact the ability of the debtor to pay their account receivable
balances.  Based on such review, we establish an allowance for
doubtful accounts, when necessary.  The allowance for doubtful
accounts receivable was $37,000 and $38,000 at June 30, 2006
and June 30, 2005, respectively. 

Customers.  The authentication and grading of collectible
coins accounted for approximately 65%, 69% and 66% of our
net revenues for the years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and
2004, respectively.  

Customer Notes Receivable.  During the year ended June 30,

2006, we made short term advances, in an aggregate principal
amount of $4,283,000 to collectibles dealers and collectors who
are customers, and recorded aggregate cash collections of
$2,030,000.  We perform an analysis of the expected
collectibility of customer notes receivable based on several
factors, including the age and extent of significant past due
notes and economic conditions or trends that may offset the
ability of the debtor to pay their customer notes receivable
balances, including the adequacy of the collateral received to

64

secure such balances.  At June 30, 2006, we recorded an
allowance for uncollectible customer notes receivable of
$16,000 reflecting a deficiency of collateral value for one
customer.

Suppliers.  We purchase injection-molded parts,

holograms and printed labels for our grading services.  There
are numerous suppliers for these items and, as a result, it is
possible to change suppliers without significant delay or cost
to the Company.  However, while there are numerous sources
for injection-molded parts, these parts require a die to
fabricate the part.  The manufacture of high precision dies
can be a lengthy process and requires considerable expertise
in their fabrication.  Although, we do not have back-up dies
for some of our high volume injection-molded parts and we
rely on one supplier for these requirements, we believe that
this supplier maintains a large enough inventory of the
injection-molded parts to allow time for us to have new
molds manufactured for us by other suppliers.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents,
accounts receivable, customer notes receivable, receivables
from sale of net assets of discontinued operations, accounts
payable and accrued liabilities approximate their respective
fair values due to the short-term nature of such instruments.
The carrying value of the note receivable related to the sale of
a discontinued operation approximates fair value, as the
interest rate on such note approximates an amount that
would be extended to parties with similar credit risk and
remaining maturities.

Inventories

Our inventories consist primarily of (i) our coin and

stamp collectibles inventories, and (ii) consumable supplies
that we use in our continuing authentication and grading
businesses.  We account for those collectibles inventories
under the specific identification method.  Inventories are
valued at the lower of cost or market.  Inventories are period-
ically reviewed to identify slow moving items, and the
allowance for inventory loss is recognized, as necessary.  The
allowance for inventory loss was $106,000 and $34,000 at
June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively.  It is possible that our
estimates of market value could change in the near term due
to market conditions in the various collectibles markets
served by the Company.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation
and amortization are provided using the straight-line method
over the estimated useful lives ranging from three to seven
years.  Leasehold improvements are amortized over the

shorter of the estimated useful lives of the improvements or
the term of the related lease.  Repair and maintenance costs
are expensed as incurred.

Long-Lived Assets

Management regularly reviews property and equipment

and other long-lived assets, including certain identifiable
intangibles, for possible impairment.  This review occurs
annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circum-
stances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be
recoverable in full.  If there is indication of impairment of
property, equipment or amortizable intangible assets, then
management would prepare an estimate of future cash flows
(undiscounted and without interest charges) expected to
result from the use of that asset and its eventual disposition.
If these cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the
asset, an impairment loss would be recognized to write down
the asset to its estimated fair value.  The fair value would be
estimated at the present value of the future cash flows
discounted at a rate commensurate with management’s
estimates of the business risks.  No long-lived asset impair-
ments were identified at June 30, 2006 or 2005.

Revenue Recognition

Net revenues consist primarily of fees generated from the
authentication and grading of coins, sportscards, autographs,
currency, stamps and diamonds (which the Company began
grading in the second quarter of 2006).  Authentication and
grading revenues are recognized when those services have
been performed by us and the item is shipped back to the
customer.  Authentication and grading fees generally are
prepaid, although we offer open account privileges to larger
dealers.  Advance payments received for grading services are
deferred until the service is performed and the graded item is
shipped to the customer.  In the case of dealers to whom we
have extended credit, we record revenues at the time the item
is shipped to the customer.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling costs incurred to return to our
customers their collectibles property are recorded as costs of
revenues, net of amounts received from such customers.

Cooperative Marketing Arrangements

In accordance with EITF 01-09, Accounting for
Consideration Given By a Vendor to a Customer (Including a
Reseller of the Vendor’s Products), marketing allowances given
to a customer have been classified as a reduction of revenues
in the year ended June 30, 2006.

65

Warranty Costs

Capitalized Software

We offer a warranty covering most of the collectibles we

At June 30, 2006, the Company capitalized approxi-

authenticate and grade.  Under the warranty, if any coin,
sportscard, stamp or currency note that was previously graded
by us is later submitted to us for re-grading and either (i)
receives a lower grade upon that resubmittal or (ii) is deter-
mined not to have been authentic, we will offer to purchase
the collectible or higher-value asset, or, in the alternative, at
our option, pay the difference in value of the item at its
original grade as compared with its lower grade.  However,
this warranty is voided if the collectible, upon resubmittal to
us, is not in the same tamper-evident clear plastic holder in
which it was placed at the time we last graded it or shows
signs of tampering.  We also offer a similar warranty, of one
year’s duration and subject to certain limitations, covering the
diamonds that we authenticate and grade. We accrue for
estimated warranty costs based on historical trends and
related experience.  

mately $421,000 as capitalized software in accordance with
Statement of Position (“SOP”) 98-1, Accounting for the Costs
of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.
SOP 98-1 requires that certain costs incurred, either from
internal or external sources, be capitalized as part of intan-
gible assets and amortized on a straight-line basis over the
useful life of the software.  During fiscal 2006, the Company
recorded approximately $11,000 as amortization expense for
certain projects that were completed.  Planning, training,
support and maintenance costs incurred either prior to or
following the implementation phase are recognized as
expense in the period in which they occur.  The Company
evaluates the carrying values of capitalized software to
determine if the carrying values are impaired, and, if
necessary, an impairment loss is recorded in the period in
which the impairment occurs.

Advertising Costs

Stock-Based Compensation

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and amounted

At June 30, 2006, the Company had three stock-based

to approximately $620,000, $260,000 and $149,000 in the
fiscal years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respec-
tively.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS

No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes.  This statement
requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities
for the future consequences of events that have been recog-
nized in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns.
Measurement of the deferred items is based on enacted tax
laws.  In the event the future consequences of differences
between financial reporting bases and tax bases of the
Company’s assets or liabilities result in a deferred tax asset,
SFAS No. 109 requires an evaluation of the probability of
being able to realize the future benefits indicated by such
asset.  A valuation allowance related to a deferred tax asset is
recorded when it is more likely than not that some portion or
all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

compensation plans.  Prior to July 1, 2005, the Company
accounted for these plans under the recognition and
measurement provisions of Accounting Principles Board
(“APB”) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees, and related interpretations, as permitted by SFAS
No. 123, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation.  No stock-
based employee compensation cost was recognized in the
statements of operations for fiscal years prior to June 30,
2006, as all options granted under these plans had an exercise
price equal to the market value of the underlying common
stock on the date of grant.

Effective July 1, 2005, on the first day of the Company’s

fiscal year 2006, the Company adopted the fair value recog-
nition provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment,
using the modified-prospective transition method.  Under
this transition method, compensation cost recognized in the
fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 and in subsequent fiscal years
includes: (a) compensation cost for all share-based payments
granted and not yet vested prior to July 1, 2005, based on
the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the
original provisions of SFAS No. 123, and (b) compensation
cost for all share-based payments granted subsequent to June
30, 2005 based on the grant-date fair value estimated in
accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R).  Results
for prior periods have not been restated.  However, we
became aware of an error in the determination of the
proforma expense in years prior to adoption, as it relates to
our estimate of the expected term of the outstanding options.
Therefore, the fiscal year 2005 proforma expense has been
restated as disclosed in note 2 below.

66

Since stock-based compensation expense recognized in

the statement of operations for the fiscal year ended June 30,
2006 is based on awards expected to vest, the compensation
expense has been reduced for estimated forfeitures.  SFAS
No. 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of
grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual
forfeitures differ from those estimates.  At June 30, 2006, the
annual forfeiture rate is estimated to be 10.5%.

The Company calculates stock-based compensation by

estimating the fair value of each option using the Black-
Scholes option pricing model.  The Company’s determi-
nation of the fair value of share-based payment awards is
made as of their respective dates of grant using that option
pricing model and that determination is affected by the
Company’s stock price as well as assumptions regarding a
number of subjective variables.  These variables include, but
are not limited to, the Company’s expected stock price
volatility over the term of the awards, the expected term of
the option, the dividend yield and actual and projected
employee stock option exercise behavior.  The Black-Scholes
option pricing model was developed for use in estimating the
value of traded options that have no vesting or hedging
restrictions and are fully transferable.  Because the Company’s
employee stock options have certain characteristics that are
significantly different from traded options, the existing
valuation models may not provide an accurate measure of the
fair value of the Company’s employee stock options.
Although the fair value of employee stock options is deter-
mined in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R) using an option-
pricing model, that value also may not be indicative of the
fair value observed in a willing buyer/willing seller market
transaction. The calculated compensation cost, net of
estimated forfeitures, is recognized on a straight-line basis
over the remaining vesting period of the option as of the
adoption date of July 1, 2005.

The Company issues stock options to employees and

outside directors whose only condition for vesting are
continued employment or service during the related vesting
period.  Typically, the vesting period is four years for
employee awards and six months for director awards,
although awards are sometimes granted with immediate
vesting.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of employee
stock options granted during the fiscal year ended June 30,
2006 was $6.57, using the Black-Scholes model with the
following weighted-average assumptions:

Dividend yield
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Expected lives

2006
________ 
2.3%
58%
4.7%
5.1 years

_______   _______

2005
-
62%
3.5%
4.1 years

2004
-
68%
3.65%
5.5 years

As a result of adopting SFAS No. 123(R) on July 1,
2005, the Company’s net income before income taxes for the
fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 was $670,000 lower than if it
had continued to account for share-based compensation
under APB Opinion No. 25.  Of the $670,000 of such
compensation expense that was recognized in the accompa-
nying consolidated statement of operations for the year
ended June 30, 2006, $302,000 was recorded as a cost of
revenues, $1,000 as selling and marketing expenses, and
$367,000 as general and administrative expenses.  Basic and
diluted net income per share for the fiscal year ended June
30, 2006 would have been $0.51 and $0.49, respectively, if
the Company had not adopted SFAS No. 123 (R), compared
to reported basic and diluted net income per share of $0.44
and $0.42, respectively.

During the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company
reviewed its assumptions, both current and historical,
regarding the assumptions that are input into the Black-
Scholes option model.  The expected option term and the
resultant volatility percentage and the resultant risk-free rate
assumptions were modified, which resulted in a correcting
adjustment of compensation expense in the fourth quarter of
fiscal 2006 of approximately $105,000, including the effect
of the increase in the estimated forfeiture rate from 4% to
10.5%, which we believe was erroneously determined by us.
The Company increased the expected term of options to a
weighted average of approximately 5.0 years from a previous
weighted average estimate of 2.0 years, which we believe was
erroneously determined by us.  After carefully assessing the
effect of the $105,000 on each of the quarters in the nine
months ended March 31, 2006, under the provisions of
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 154,
“Accounting Changes and Error Corrections”, a replacement of
APB Opinion No. 20, and FASB Statement No.3, we deter-
mined that the prorata portion of such $105,000 was not
material to those quarters and, accordingly, we have recorded
the amount of $105,000 in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006.
The annual volatility percentage was reduced from approxi-
mately 75% to a range of 58% to 68%, depending on the
estimated expected term of the option.  

67

Because the Company paid its first quarterly dividend of

$0.08 per common share beginning in the fourth quarter of
2006, the Company incorporated a dividend yield percentage
assumption of 2.3% for stock option grants issued in 2006,
based on an annualized dividend of $0.32 per share of
common stock.  

The total amount of compensation expense related to
unvested awards not yet recognized at June 30, 2006 was
$1,691,000 and, assuming no change in forfeiture rates, that
amount will be recognized as compensation expense as
follows:

Amount

Fiscal Year Ending June 30
_____________________               __________
684,000
2007
635,000
2008
341,000
2009
2010
31,000
_________
$1,691,000
Total
_________
_________

The following table illustrates the effect on net income
and net income per share for the fiscal years ended June 30,
2005 and 2004 if the Company had applied the fair value
recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) to share-based
employee compensation.

(in thousands,
(in thousands,
except
except
per share data)
per share data)
____________      ____________
2004
2005
(Restated)
$ 4,818

____________      ____________

$1,730

20

50

(1,068)
$ 3,770

____________      ____________
____________      ____________
____________      ____________

(435)
$1,345

Net income, as reported
Add: Stock-based compensation 

included in reported net 
income, net of tax effects
Deduct: Total stock-based 
compensation expense 
determined under fair value 
based method for awards, net
of related tax effects (restated)
Pro forma net income (restated)

However, such amounts do not include the cost of new
option awards that may be granted in future periods nor any
changes in the Company’s forfeiture percentage.

basic:
As reported
Pro forma (restated)

$ 0.69
$ 0.54

____________      ____________
____________      ____________
____________      ____________

$ 0.28
$ 0.22

Net income per common share – 

Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the

Net income per common share – 

Company classified all tax benefits resulting from the exercise
of stock options as operating cash flows in the statements of
cash flows.  SFAS No. 123(R) requires the cash flows from
the tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of the
compensation cost recognized for those options (excess tax
benefits) to be classified as financing cash flows.  There were
no such excess tax benefits resulting from the exercise of
stock options for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006.

SFAS No. 123(R) requires the Company to continue to

provide the pro forma disclosures in accordance with SFAS
No. 123, as amended, for all prior periods presented in
which share-based payments to employees are accounted for
under APB Opinion No. 25.  

diluted:
As reported

Pro forma (restated)

____________      ____________

$ 0.65

$ 0.27

$ 0.51

____________      ____________
____________      ____________

$ 0.21

In connection with our adoption of SFAS No. 123(R),

we re-examined our Black-Scholes assumptions and deter-
mined the expected option term assumption was erroneously
used in years prior to adoption.  The tabular presentation
above includes corrections to the expected option term, from
weighted average 2.0 years to 4.1 years, and the resulting
change in volatility percentage and risk-free rate, from 75%
to 62% and 3.6% to 3.5%, respectively, for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 2005. These assumption corrections increased
the pro-forma compensation expense for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2005 by $277,000 and decreased basic and diluted
net income per share by $0.04 and $0.03, respectively from
the previously reported amounts of $791,000, $0.58 (basic)
and $0.54 (diluted) per share, respectively.  We determined
that there was no material impact on fiscal 2004 as a result of
our correction to the prior year Black-Scholes assumptions.

68

Options and warrants to purchase approximately
689,000, 406,000 and 624,000 shares of common stock for
the years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively,
at exercise prices up to $24.00 per share, were not included
in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the
respective exercise prices of those options and warrants were
greater than the average market price for the respective
period.

Comprehensive Income

The Company does not have any items of other compre-

hensive income requiring separate disclosure.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

In accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other

Intangible Assets, the Company is required to evaluate the
carrying value of its goodwill and certain indefinite-lived
intangible assets at least annually for impairment, or more
frequently if facts and circumstances indicate that an
impairment has occurred.  Management intends to formally
evaluate the carrying value of its goodwill and other indef-
inite-lived intangible assets for impairment on the
anniversary date of each of the acquisitions that gave rise to
the recording of such assets.  Intangible assets acquired
through acquisition, which have definite lives, are subject to
amortization over their remaining useful lives.  During fiscal
year 2006, the Company completed a number of business
acquisitions which resulted in the acquisition of goodwill and
intangible assets with indefinite lives, totaling $9,799,000
and $472,000, respectively.  The Company also acquired
$3,972,000 of intangible assets through acquisition with
definite lives and capitalized $421,000 of certain software
development costs, both of which are subject to amortization
over their remaining useful lives (see also related discussion
in note 3). 

Net Income Per Share

We compute net income per share in accordance with

SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share.  SFAS No. 128 requires
the presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share.
Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net
income attributable to common stockholders by the
weighted-average number of common shares outstanding
during the periods presented.  Diluted net income per share
is computed by dividing net income attributable to common
stockholders by the weighted-average number of common
and common equivalent shares outstanding during the
periods presented assuming the exercise of all outstanding
stock options and other dilutive securities.  However, options
with exercise prices that exceed the average market price of
the Company’s shares for the period for which the calculation
of diluted net income per share is made are disregarded,
because they are non-dilutive in their effect.  

The following table sets forth the computation of basic

and diluted net income per common share (in thousands
except per share data):

Income from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued 

operations, net of gain on sales of 
discontinued businesses 
(net of income taxes)

Net income

Net income per basic share:

From continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued 
operations, net of gain on sales  
of discontinued businesses 
(net of income taxes)

Net income

Net income per diluted share:
From continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued 
operations, net of gain on sales 
of discontinued businesses 
(net of income taxes)

Net income

2004
2005
2006
______  ______  ______
$3,404 $4,758 $2,798

296

60 (1,068)
______  ______  ______
$3,700 $4,818 $1,730
______  ______  ______
______  ______  ______

$0.40

$0.68

$0.45

(0.17)
0.01
0.04
______  ______  ______
$0.28
$0.69
$0.44
______  ______  ______
______  ______  ______

$0.39

$0.64

$0.44

(0.17)
0.01
0.03
______  ______  ______
$0.27
$0.65
$0.42
______  ______  ______
______  ______  ______

Weighted-average shares outstanding:

Basic
Effect of dilutive shares

Diluted

6,170
7,013
8,473
293
439
309
______  ______  ______
6,463
7,452
8,782
______  ______  ______
______  ______  ______

69

The following table sets forth, by “reporting unit” as defined by SFAS No. 142, the amounts classified as goodwill and intan-

gible assets, net on the balance sheets as of June 30, 2005 and 2006 in thousands of dollars:

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Goodwill:
Balance at June 30, 2005
Acquired during FY2006:

$

$

$

$

-

-

-

-

Coins

Diamonds

Total

Exchange
and Other

GCAL acquisition
Gemprint acquisition
CCE acquisition
CoinFacts acquisition

Balance at June 30, 2006

Intangible Assets, Net
Balance at June 30, 2005
Acquired during FY2006 with indefinite lives:

GCAL acquisition
Gemprint acquisition
CCE acquisition

Acquired during FY2006 with definite lives:

Gemprint acquisition
CCE acquisition

Capitalized software costs
Less: amortization for FY2006
Balance at June 30, 2006

-
-
-
515

3,068
5,099
-
-

-
-
1,117
-

3,068
5,099
1,117
515

__________         __________         __________         __________

__________         __________         __________         __________
__________         __________         __________         __________

$8,167

$1,117

$9,799

$515

$ 79

$

-

$

-

$

79

-
-
-

-
-

53
380
-

3,064
-

-
-
39

-
908

53
380
39

3,064
908

-
(50)
$ 29

__________         __________         __________         __________

__________         __________         __________         __________
__________         __________         __________         __________

421
(88)
$1,280

421
(270)
$4,674

-
(132)
$3,365

criterion that an individual tax position would have to meet
for some or all of the benefit of that position to be recog-
nized in an entity’s financial statements.  Interpretation 48 is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2006.
We do not expect the adoption of Interpretation 48 to have a
material impact on our financial position or results of
operation.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the fiscal
2004 and 2005 financial statements to conform to the fiscal
2006 presentation.

During fiscal 2005 and 2004, $21,000 and $0 were
recognized as amortization expense related to intangible
assets.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards

Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (“SFAS”) No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid
Financial Instruments (an amendment of FASB Statements
No. 133 and 140) and SFAS No.156, Accounting for
Servicing of Financial Assets (an amendment of FASB
Statement No. 140).  We do not expect the adoption of
SFAS No. 155 and SFAS No. 156 to have a material impact
on our financial position or results of operation.

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes: an interpretation
of FASB Statement No. 109. Interpretation 48 clarifies
Statement 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, to indicate a

70

cation which Gemprint used to digitally capture the unique
refractive light pattern (or “Gemprint”) of each diamond that
is processed with that technology.  The acquisition was
consummated pursuant to an asset purchase agreement.
Under that agreement, the Company paid a purchase price
consisting of $7,500,000 in cash, and assumed certain pre-
acquisition liabilities and a lease commitment at closing, and
agreed to pay $1 for each diamond that the Company
registers using the Gemprint process in excess of 100,000
registrations during any year in the five-year period ending
December 22, 2010.

GCAL has incorporated the Gemprint process into its
GCAL business process, so that each GCAL authenticated
and graded diamond can also carry a Gemprint image stored
in GCAL’s registered database; thereby enabling GCAL to
provide an additional measure of protection by enabling it to
detect misrepresentations of diamond quality that can occur
by, for example, switching a diamond grading certificate
issued for a higher quality diamond to a lower quality
diamond.

The Company has performed its purchase price

allocation with respect to each of these acquisitions in accor-
dance with the purchase method of accounting for business
combinations.  The purchase method of accounting allocates
the amount paid for an acquisition over the fair value of the
assets and liabilities acquired, and measures the excess of the
purchase price over the fair value as goodwill.  

3.   Business Acquisitions

On July 14, 2005, the Company acquired substantially

all the assets of CoinFacts.com (“CoinFacts”) for $500,000 in
cash.  CoinFacts.com operates an Internet website on which
it publishes detailed proprietary information and history on
U.S. Coins.  The results of CoinFacts have been consolidated
into our financial statements from the date of its acquisition.

On September 2, 2005, the Company acquired all of the

common stock of Certified Coin Exchange (“CCE”) and all
of the common stock of an affiliated business, computertrad-
ingpost.com, Inc. (“CTP”), for an aggregate purchase price of
$2,180,000.  In addition, there was a provision for a working
capital adjustment that was determined to be $37,000.  CCE
is a subscription-based dealer-to-dealer Internet bid-ask
market for third-party certified coins.  CCE’s operating
results have been consolidated into our operating results from
the date of its acquisition.

The Company was required to purchase CTP as a
condition to its acquisition of CCE.  At the time it consum-
mated the CCE acquisition, the Company intended to
dispose of CTP, and, effective November 30, 2005, disposed
of CTP.  In accordance with SFAS No. 144, the results of
operations of CTP from the date of acquisition through
November 30, 2005, which included revenue of approxi-
mately $120,000 and operating income of $38,000, were
consolidated as part of income from discontinued operations
in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations
for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006, and the loss on the
sale of CTP is included in the gain on the sale of discon-
tinued operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 (see
note 4 below).

On November 8, 2005, the Company acquired Gem

Certification & Appraisal Lab (“GCAL”), a forensic
gemological certification and grading laboratory.  As part of
that transaction, the Company also acquired all of the
common stock of Diamond Profile Laboratory, Inc. (“DPL”),
a scientific diamond light performance analysis laboratory,
and all publishing and other rights to “Palmieri’s Market
Monitor,” an educational and informative industry publi-
cation currently published by the Gemological Appraisal
Association, Inc. (“GAA”).  The Company paid an aggregate
acquisition price of $3,000,000 in cash for GCAL, DPL and
the publishing and other rights to “Palmieri’s Market
Monitor,” plus the assumption of $50,000 of certain trans-
action-related costs.

On December 22, 2005, the Company acquired the

business and substantially all of the assets of Gemprint
Corporation (“Gemprint”).  These assets consist primarily of
a patented technology for non-invasive diamond identifi-

71

The following table sets forth the Company’s purchase price allocation with respect to each of these acquisitions:

CCE 

Coin Facts

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
Cost of Investment:
Purchase price
Liabilities assumed
Direct costs
Investment banking fees
Lease obligation assumed

$3,000
50
218
-
-
__________     __________     __________     __________     __________
3,268

$13,217
175
846
417
88
14,743

$2,217
-
160
-
-
2,377

$7,500
125
453
417
88
8,583

$500
-
15
-
-
515

Gemprint

Total

(in thousands)
GCAL

Value Assigned to Assets and Liabilities:

Current assets
Fixed assets
Current liabilities
Deferred revenue
Assets Sold: CTP
Deferred taxes
Transition services

Intangible Assets with Finite Lives:

Customer list
Software/Technology
Covenants not to compete
Patents

Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives:

Trade name and marks
Database

Excess of purchase price over fair value
of net assets acquired (goodwill)

93
-
(38)
(73)
600
(296)
27

676
207
25
-

-
-
-
-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-

44
125
(22)
-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-

110
50
(120)
-
-
-
-

-
1,199
-
1,865

247
175
(180)
(73)
600
(296)
27

676
1,406
25
1,865

__________     __________     __________     __________     __________

53
-

131
249

223
249

39
-

-
-

$1,117

$3,068
__________     __________     __________     __________     __________
__________     __________     __________     __________     __________

$ 9,799

$5,099

$515

Intangible assets with finite lives in the amount of
$3,972,000 are being amortized over their estimated useful
lives, as follows:

Customer List
Software/Technology
Covenant not to compete
Patent

Gemprint
_______________________

CCE

15 years
2 years
5 years
-

-
7 years
-
20 years

Based on these useful lives, annual amortization expense

for each of the next five years will be approximately
$265,000 for Gemprint.  Amortization expense for CCE will
be approximately $219,000, $50,000, $50,000, $50,000 and
$46,000 for fiscal years 2007– 2011, respectively.

The following pro forma financial data presents the
unaudited pro-forma consolidated statements of income for
the Company for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2006 and
2005 based on the assumption that the Coinfacts, CCE,
GCAL and Gemprint acquisitions had been consummated
on July 1, 2004, rather than on the actual dates of their
acquisition.  These pro forma unaudited statements of opera-
tions do not purport to represent what the Company’s actual
results of operations would have been had these acquisitions
been consummated on July 1, 2004 and are not necessarily

indicative of the Company’s results of operations for any
subsequent fiscal year.

________________
Unaudited
________________
Fiscal Year Ended 
June 30,
(In thousands, except
per share data)
________________
2005
_______     _______
$35,358
$37,308
6,995
3,681
906
2,346
26
22
_______     _______

2006

7,927
6,049
(3,152)
(2,693)
_______     _______
4,775
3,356
116
309
_______     _______
$ 3,665
$ 4,891
_______     _______
_______     _______

Revenue
Operating income
Interest income, net
Other income (expense), net
Income before provision for income 

taxes

Provision for income taxes
Income from continuing operations
Income from discontinued operations
Net income

Net income per diluted share:

Income from continuing operations $
Income from discontinued 

0.38

operations
Net income

$
$

0.04
0.42

$

$
$

0.64

0.02
0.66

72

4.   Discontinued Operations

On December 4, 2003, the Company’s Board of
Directors authorized management to implement a plan to
focus the Company’s financial and management resources,
and collectibles expertise, on the operations and growth of its
grading and authentication businesses, and to divest the
Company’s collectibles auctions and direct sales businesses.

Accordingly, in accordance with SFAS No. 144, the
assets and related liabilities of the collectibles sales businesses,
which included the Bowers and Merena, Superior Sports
Auctions, Kingswood Coin Auctions, Odyssey Publications,
Lyn Knight Currency Auctions, DHRC and computertrad-
ingpost.com, Inc.(“CTP”), have been classified as held for
sale in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at June
30, 2005 and 2006; and the related operating results have
been classified as discontinued operations in the accompa-
nying consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal
years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

On February 19, 2004 we sold the businesses and
certain assets of our Bowers & Merena Auction, Kingswood
Coin Auction and Superior Sports Auction divisions (collec-
tively the “BK&S Divisions”) to Spectrum Numismatics
International, Inc. (“Spectrum”), a subsidiary of Greg
Manning Auctions, Inc.  We retained ownership of the
collectibles inventories and the then outstanding accounts
receivables of the BK&S Divisions and Spectrum assumed
certain outstanding contractual obligations of those
businesses.  

The consideration for the sale of those businesses was

$2,500,000 in cash.  We also were entitled to receive
additional consideration in an amount to be determined on
the basis of the sales revenues of the BK&S Divisions over
the two-year period following February 19, 2004.  We
recorded a pre-tax gain of $1,872,000 on the sale of the
BK&S Divisions in the year ended June 30, 2004.  We were
entitled to recognize any additional consideration in future
periods as and to the extent the amounts became deter-
minable.  However, there were no additional amounts
received and determinable in fiscal 2005 or 2006.

In furtherance of our strategy to focus our business on

the provision of value added collectibles services and to
dispose of the collectibles sales businesses, in March 2003 we
discontinued the business of selling coins, at retail, under the
name “David Hall Rare Coins” (or “DHRC”).   In
connection with the operation of that business, we had
utilized certain intangible assets and trade secrets obtained
under a license agreement from an affiliate of David Hall and
Van Simmons, two of the Company’s largest stockholders
and also two of its directors.  In connection with the discon-
tinuance of the DHRC business, and with the approval of

the disinterested members of our Board of Directors, we
terminated that license agreement.  We retained the operating
inventory, receivables and liabilities of DHRC at the time of
the termination of the license and discontinuance of that
business.  By June 30, 2005, we had disposed of the
remaining net assets and liabilities of this business.

In the fourth quarter of 2004, we disposed of our
Odyssey related auction and publications businesses for
$190,000 cash, of which $130,000 was paid at the time of
sale and the remaining $60,000 was payable in eight (8)
equal quarterly installments, all of which have been received
by June 30, 2006.  We also accrued for Odyssey’s share of the
commissions it generated in a fourth quarter 2004 auction.
In addition, we retained certain assets and liabilities of these
businesses and we are in the process of liquidating these
assets and paying down those liabilities.

On September 17, 2003, we sold certain assets of our

currency auction business, operated by a wholly-owned
subsidiary, Lyn Knight Currency Auctions, Inc., to
Collectible Properties, Inc., a private company owned by Lyn
F. Knight who, until that sale, had been president of that
subsidiary and had managed that business for the Company.
We retained ownership of the inventory of collectible
currencies and the then outstanding accounts receivable, and
Collectible Properties, Inc. assumed certain outstanding
contractual obligations, of this business.  The consideration
received from that sale was equal to the net book value of the
assets sold plus an additional amount which will be deter-
mined on the basis of the future sales revenue of Collectible
Properties, Inc.  Through June 30, 2006, we recognized
approximately $424,000 in fiscal 2006, $248,000 in fiscal
2005, and $127,000 in fiscal 2004, respectively, of additional
consideration based on the revenues of Collectible Properties,
Inc.  If we receive any additional consideration, it will be
recorded at the time the amount of that additional consider-
ation becomes determinable.  

In connection with and as a condition of our acquisition

of CCE in September 2005, we were required to purchase
the common stock of CTP, an entity affiliated with the
owner of CCE.  Our intent at the date of acquisition was to
dispose of CTP, and we disposed of CTP in November 2005.
The operating results of CTP are classified as part of discon-
tinued operations from the date of its acquisition through the
date of its disposal, and we recognized a loss of $16,000 on
the disposal of CTP.  As part of the consideration for the sale
of CTP, we recorded a note receivable of $458,000, bearing
interest at 10% per annum and payable over five years.  We
have a security interest in the assets of CTP and certain
personal assets of the purchaser.  At June 30, 2006, the
carrying value of the note was $413,000, of which the
current portion, approximately $92,000, is included as part
of the current portion of receivables from sale of net assets of
discontinued operations.  

73

The operating results of the discontinued collectible
sales businesses and CTP are included in the accompanying
consolidated statements of operations, are as follows (in
thousands):

The inventory reserve represents a valuation allowance
on certain items of our coins and other collectibles inven-
tories based upon our review of the current market value of
such coins and collectibles.

Net revenues
Income (loss) from operations
Gain on sale of discontinued 

businesses

Income tax expense (benefit)
Income (loss) from discontinued 

operations

Years Ended June 30,
__________________
2006 2005
2004
__________________
$480 $472 $27,101
____   ____   _______
(3,468)

161 (277)

2,245
202
408
____   ____    _______
(1,223)
569
(75)
(155)
273 (135)
____   ____   _______

$296 $ 60 $ (1,068)
____   ____    _______
____   ____    _______

The following table contains summary balance sheet
information (in thousands) with respect to the net assets and
liabilities of the collectible sales businesses held for sale that
are included in the accompanying consolidated balance
sheets: 

Current assets:

Accounts receivable
Inventories
Consignment advances
Notes receivable

Non-current assets:

Notes receivable, net of current 

portion

Current liabilities:

Consignors payable
Other current liabilities

5.   Inventories

June 30,
_____________
2005
2006
____    _______

$

58
$ 10
189
37
30
-
88
36
____    _______
$ 83
$ 365
____   _______
____    _______

46
____    _______
$
46
$
____    _______
____    _______

-
-

$
1
$
26
____    _______
$
27
$
____   _______
____    _______

1
7
8

Inventories consist of the following at June 30:

Coins
Other collectibles
Grading raw materials consumable 

inventory

Less inventory reserve

(in thousands)
_____________
2005
2006
____    _______
$346
37

$276
37

____    _______

157
160
470
543
(34)
(106)
____   _______
$437
$436
____   _______
____   _______

74

6.   Customer Notes Receivable

During the fourth quarter of 2005, our wholly-owned
subsidiary, Collectors Finance Corporation, implemented a
Dealer Financing Program, pursuant to which it offers short
term loans to collectibles dealers and customers with estab-
lished credit histories that are willing to collateralize the loans
with coins or other collectibles that have been authenticated
and graded by us in the past or will be graded as collateral.
The customers are required to repay the loan at maturity or,
if sooner, on return of the coins or collectibles to them (see
note 10, Line of Credit).  During 2005, we made short-term
cash advances to two of our largest customers, secured by
certain collectible coins that the customers had submitted to
us for authentication and grading.  Principal reduction
payments are required at the time the Company returns the
authenticated and graded coins to the customer.  Current
advances bear interest at a rate based on the Prime Rate.
The total principal amount of advances and short term loans
made to customers in 2005 was $6,078,000, of which
$4,518,000 had been repaid by June 30, 2005, which left a
remaining unpaid balance as of that date of $1,560,000, all
of which was repaid in fiscal year 2006.

During fiscal year 2006, the total principal amount of

advances and short-term loans made to customers was
$4,283,000 of which $470,000 was repaid by June 30, 2006,
leaving a remaining unpaid balance as of that date of
$3,813,000.  At June 30, 2006, we provided for a $16,000
reserve for customer notes receivable reflecting a deficiency
in collateral value provided by one customer, resulting in a
net balance on customer notes receivable of $3,797,000 at
June 30, 2006. 

7.   Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment consist of the following at

June 30:

Coins and stamp grading reference sets
Computer hardware and equipment
Computer software
Equipment
Furniture and office equipment
Leasehold improvements
Trading card reference library

Less accumulated depreciation and 

amortization

Property and equipment, net

(in thousands)
______________
2005
2006
______   ______
62
62 $
$
988
900
1,330
689
438
52
______   ______
4,459

1,271
972
2,020
793
607
52
5,777

(3,602)
(3,880)
______   ______
$ 1,897 $
857
______   ______
______   ______

Depreciation and amortization expense relating to
property and equipment for fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004 was
$486,000, $443,000 and $647,000, respectively.

8.   Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following at June 30:

Warranty reserve
Professional fees
Other

(in thousands)
______________
2005
2006
______   ______
$ 609
$ 710
211
189
743
1,144
______   ______
$2,043
$1,563
______   ______
______   ______

Warranty reserve activity and balances related to fiscal years
2006, 2005 and 2004, were as follows (in thousands):

Warranty reserve, June 30, 2003
Charged to cost of revenues
Payments

Warranty reserve June 30, 2004
Charged to cost of revenues
Payments

Warranty reserve at June 30, 2005
Charged to cost of revenues
Payments

Warranty reserve at June 30, 2006

9.   Income Taxes

$304
646
(458)
____
492
530
(413)
____
609
492
(391)
____
$710____
____

Set forth below are the provision (benefit) for income

taxes for the years ended June 30: 

Current:
Federal
State

Deferred:
Federal
State

(in thousands)
______________________

2006
2004
2005
______   ______   ______

$1,595
$2,738
$2,360
62
63
9
______   ______   ______
1,657
2,801
2,369

(216)
140
______   ______   ______
(76)
______   ______   ______

(172)
536
364

(117)
457
340

Total provision for income 

taxes

$2,733
$1,581
$3,141
______   ______   ______
______   ______   ______

The reconciliation of the provision (benefit) for income

taxes computed at federal statutory rates to the provision
(benefit) for income taxes for the years ended June 30, was as
follows:

(in thousands)
______________________
2004
2005
2006
______   ______   ______

Provision at federal statutory 

rates

State income taxes, net
Other, net

$1,542
$2,087
$2,685
132
356
340
(93)
116
290
______    ______   ______
$2,733
$1,581
$3,141
______   ______   ______
______   ______   ______

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of

temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets
and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the
amounts used for income tax purposes.  Significant compo-
nents of deferred taxes as of June 30, 2006 and 2005, were as
follows:

(in thousands)
______________
2005
2006
______   ______

Deferred tax assets:

Supplier compensation costs
Reserves
Goodwill and intangibles
Net operating loss carryforward
State credits
Other

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Goodwill and intangibles
Property and equipment
Other

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax assets
Less: Current portion

$553
816
136
1,504
919
63
______   ______
3,991

$510
1,077
-
-
661
21
2,269

(408)
-
(32)
(34)
(73)
(52)
______   ______
(513)
(86)
______   ______
3,905
1,756
(1,414)
(2,854)
______   ______
$1,051
$342
______   ______
______   ______

At June 30, 2006, the Company had $1,001,000 related
to California Enterprise Zone Credits.  These credits have no
expiration dates. 

10.   Line of Credit

To provide a source of funds for its Dealer Financing

Program, in June 2005 CFC entered into a two-year
revolving bank line of credit agreement, that permits CFC to
borrow, at any one time, up to the lesser of (i) $7,000,000 or
(ii) an amount equal to 85% of the aggregate principal
amount of customer receivables that meet the bank’s eligi-
bility criteria.  Borrowings under this credit line bear interest
at rates based on the bank’s Prime Rate or LIBOR, as appli-
cable, and are secured by substantially all the assets of CFC
(including customer receivables and CFC’s security interests
in customer owned loan collateral).  

75

such revocation were paid to the employee, without interest.
This Plan was terminated effective as of July 1, 2005.

During fiscal 2005 and 2004, we issued 5,000 and
12,000 shares of common stock, respectively, under this
Plan at an average purchase price of $12.80 and $7.94,
respectively. 

12.   Stockholders’ Equity

Equity Offering

In March 2005, the Company completed a public
offering of a total of 3,450,000 shares of its common stock,
of which a total of 2,195,856 shares were sold by the
Company, and the remaining shares were sold by David G.
Hall and Van D. Simmons, at a public offering price of
$17.50 per share.  Messrs. Hall and Simmons, who founded
the Company in 1986, are directors of the Company, and
Mr. Hall also is the Company’s President and Chief
Operating Officer.  The proceeds to the Company, net of the
underwriting discount and offering expenses of approxi-
mately $650,000, were approximately $35,657,000.  The
Company did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale
of shares by Messrs. Hall and Simmons.

Dividends

On May 31, 2006, the Company announced that its

Board of Directors had adopted a dividend policy that calls
for the payment of an expected total annual cash dividend of
$0.32 per common share, payable in the amount of $0.08
per share per quarter.  At the same time, the Board of
Directors declared the first of the quarterly cash dividends
under this policy of $0.08 per share, which was paid on June
28, 2006 in the aggregate amount of $674,000 to stock-
holders of record on June 14, 2006.

The declaration of cash dividends in the future, pursuant

to the Company’s new dividend policy, is subject to final
determination each quarter by the Board of Directors based
on a number of factors, including the Company’s financial
performance and its available cash resources, its cash require-
ments and alternative uses of cash that the Board may
conclude would represent an opportunity to generate a
greater return on investment for the Company.  For these
reasons, as well as others, there can be no assurance that the
amount of the quarterly cash dividends will not be reduced
or that the Board of Directors will not decide to suspend or
discontinue the payment of cash dividends in the future (see
also note 18, Subsequent Events).

Costs of approximately $340,000 (comprising a loan

agreement fee, bank fees and legal fees) were incurred in
connection with this line of credit.  At June 30, 2005, these
costs were capitalized and the unamortized balance of
approximately $170,000 was included in prepaid expenses
and other current assets in the accompanying consolidated
balance sheet at June 30, 2006.  These debt issue costs are
amortized to interest expense using the effective interest
method over the term of the revolving bank line of credit
agreement, which is two years, ending in June 2007.  On a
quarterly basis, CFC incurs an unused line fee at a rate of
0.25% per annum, based on the average daily unused
portion of the total facility during the quarter.

CFC’s obligations under this line of credit have been

guaranteed by the Company pursuant to a Continuing
Guaranty Agreement with the bank lender.  The terms of
that Agreement require the Company to be in compliance
with certain financial and other restrictive covenants, and
require the consent of the lender (i) for the Company to pay
cash dividends or repurchase shares of its common stock in
amounts exceeding its annual net income in any year, and
(ii) to consummate more than $5,000,000 of business
acquisitions in any year.  The Company was in compliance
with all covenants at June 30, 2006 and received the required
consents from the lender for the purchase of the Gemprint
business, repurchases of the Company’s stock under the
Stock Buyback Program, and the payment of dividends
during 2006.

11.   Employee Benefit Plans

We established an employee benefit plan, effective July

1992, that features a 401(k) salary reduction provision
covering all employees who meet the eligibility requirements
of the plan.  Eligible employees are able to defer up to the
lesser of 15% of their base compensation or the statutorily
prescribed annual limit.  

On July 5, 2000, the Company implemented the 2000

Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) covering all
employees who met certain eligibility requirements.  The
Plan, which was approved by our stockholders, permitted
employees to elect, at the beginning of each six-month period
(each, a “purchase period”), to authorize withholdings from
payroll of up to 15% of their compensation that would be
used to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at
the end of the six-month period.  The Plan provided that the
purchase price would be 85% of the closing price of the
Company’s shares on NASDAQ on (i) the first day of the
six-month period, or (ii) the last day of the six-month
period, whichever price was lower.  Participating employees
were entitled to revoke their elections to participate in the
purchase of shares at any time prior to the end of a purchase
period, in which event the amounts withheld to the date of

76

Stock Buyback Program

13.   Stock Option Plans

On December 6, 2005, the Company announced that

its Board of Directors had approved a $10 million Stock
Buyback Program.  The program authorizes the Company to
make up to $10,000,000 of stock purchases in the open
market or private transactions, in accordance with applicable
SEC rules.  The Company is under no obligation to repur-
chase any shares under this program, and the timing, actual
number and value of shares that may be repurchased under
this program will depend on a number of factors, including
the Company’s future financial performance, the Company’s
available cash resources and competing uses for the cash that
may arise in the future, prevailing market prices of the
Company’s common stock and the number of shares that
become available for sale at prices that the Company believes
are attractive.  During the year ended June 30, 2006, the
Company repurchased and retired 182,000 shares of its
common stock pursuant to this program for an aggregate
purchase price totaling approximately $2,628,000 (including
transaction costs).  Common stock at par value and
additional paid-in capital were reduced by the $2,628,000.

Treasury Stock

Pursuant to a program approved by the Board of
Directors in 2000, the Company had purchased 125,000 of
its shares at an average price of $8.16 per share during the
period from September 25, 2000 to December 28, 2000 at
an aggregate cost of $1,021,000.

Consulting Agreement

In July 1997, we granted options to an individual to
purchase 133,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise
price of $1.32 per share as consideration for a five-year
consulting agreement that commenced on July 1, 1997.  The
options vested in five annual installments of 20% of the
shares beginning on December 31, 1997 and continuing
through December 31, 2001.  The options will terminate if
not exercised by June 30, 2007, and all of the options are
outstanding at June 30, 2006.  

Supplier Compensation Cost

During fiscal 1999, the Company granted warrants to
purchase up to an aggregate of 150,000 shares of common
stock, at an exercise price of $20.00 per share, to collectible
experts providing content for our websites.  These warrants
vested immediately and are exercisable over a ten-year term.
The fair value of these warrants was expensed in fiscal 1999,
and all of these warrants are outstanding at June 30, 2006.

In January 1999, we adopted the PCGS 1999 Stock
Incentive Plan (the “PCGS Plan”).  The PCGS Plan, which
was assumed by the Company at the time of its acquisition of
PCGS, covers an aggregate of 269,250 shares of our common
stock.  In February 1999, we adopted the 1999 Stock
Incentive Plan (the “1999 Plan”), which provides for grants
of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, and
restricted stock grants to directors, officers, employees and
consultants of Collectors Universe who provide valuable
services to Collectors Universe, entitling them to purchase up
to 437,250 shares of our common stock.  On December 5,
2000, the stockholders, at the Company’s Annual Meeting,
approved an amendment to the 1999 Plan to increase the
authorized number of shares of our common stock that are
issuable under this Plan from 437,250 to 749,750 shares.  

The Company’s stockholders also have approved a 2003
Incentive Plan (the “2003 Plan”) and a 2005 Incentive Plan
(the “2005” Plan), which authorize the grant of options, and
the issuance of restricted rights, to purchase up to an
aggregate of 500,000 shares and 230,000 shares, respectively,
of the Company’s common stock to officers and other
employees, non-employee directors and service providers of
the Company and its subsidiaries.  

The PCGS Plan and the 1999 Plan provide that the
option exercise price per share may not be less than 100% of
the fair market value of a share of common stock on the
grant date, as determined by the Board of Directors, for
incentive stock options and 85% of fair market value for
nonstatutory stock options.  The 2003 and 2005 Plan
provides that the exercise price of all options (whether
incentive or non-statutory), and the purchase price of shares
issued pursuant to restricted stock purchase rights, may not
be less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares
subject to such options or rights (as the case may be) on the
date of grant.  However, the exercise price of incentive stock
options granted under any of the Plans to any individual
possessing 10% or more of the voting power of all classes of
our stock may not be less than 110% of the fair market value
of a share of common stock on the grant date.  The timing of
exercise for individual option grants is at the discretion of the
Board of Directors, and the options expire no later than ten
years after the grant date (five years in the case of incentive
stock options granted to individuals possessing 10% or more
of the voting power of all classes of our stock).  In the event
of a change in control of the Company, an option or award
of shares under these Plans will become fully exercisable if an
agreement is not reached that provides for the surviving
corporation to assume such options or awards or to substitute
comparable options or awards for the options and awards
granted under these Plans.

77

The following is a summary of stock option activity for fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004 under the PCGS Plan, the 1999 Plan,

the 2003 Plan and the 2005 Plan.  No rights to purchase restricted shares have been granted to date.

Options outstanding at June 30, 2003

Granted
Cancelled
Exercised

Options outstanding at June 30, 2004

Granted
Cancelled
Exercised

Options outstanding as June 30, 2005

Granted
Cancelled
Exercised

Options outstanding at June 30, 2006

_____________________________________________________________

(In thousands, except per share data)

Exercise
Number
of Shares
Price Per Share
__________         _____________________         __________________

Weighted
Average Exercise
Price Per Share

702
405
(81)
(204)
__________      
822
295
(70)
(71)
__________      
976
42
(82)
(47)
__________      
889
__________      
__________      

$2.55
3.79
2.79
2.55
2.55
11.58
3.08
2.55
2.55
12.90
3.08
2.55
$3.08

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

$30.52
13.73
30.52
8.00
30.52
20.10
30.52
12.00
24.00
14.00
20.00
13.73
$24.00

$ 8.27
11.14
8.16
4.25
__________________
10.56
17.09
17.70
3.99
__________________
12.49
13.73
15.52
5.20
__________________
$12.65
__________________
__________________

The total pre-tax intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal years 2006, 2005 and 2004 were $462,000, $956,000 and

$796,000, respectively.  Total fair value of options vested during 2006, 2005 and 2004 were $671,000, $1,372,000 and
$883,000, respectively.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at June 30, 2006:

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________      _______________________________

Outstanding Options

Exercisable Options

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)

Number of
Shares
Outstanding

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

($000’s)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Number of
Shares
Exercisable

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

($000’s)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

$ 3.08 — $ 3.80
$ 5.28 — $ 7.60
$ 8.00 — $12.00
$13.24 — $19.60
$20.00 — $20.00
$20.10 — $24.00

Range of Exercise Price
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
$1,366
417
417
6
-
-
________
$2,206
________
________

$ 3.36
$ 7.48
$10.40
$16.05
$20.00
$22.99
__________       __________                    

__________       __________                    
__________       __________                    

$1,633
417
651
47
-
-

$ 3.37
$ 7.48
$10.01
$17.33
$20.00
$23.69

________      _________     
________      _________     

6.50
7.32
6.99
8.48
2.78
4.68

________      _________     

129
64
105
178
61
31

154
64
182
389
61
39

$2,748

7.19

568

889

At June 30, 2006, there were stock options outstanding

to purchase a total of 889,000 shares of our common stock at
a weighted average exercise price of $12.65, of which options
to purchase 568,000 shares were exercisable at a weighted
average price of $12.34.  The aggregate intrinsic values set
forth in the above table represent the total pre-tax intrinsic
values, based on our closing stock price of $13.98 as of June
30, 2006, and assuming all the optionees had exercised their
options as of that date.  Also, at June 30, 2006, approxi-
mately 324,000 of the 568,000 exercisable options were “in-

the-money-options” based on the closing price as of that
date.  By comparison, at June 30, 2005, exercisable options
to purchase a total of 527,000 shares were outstanding at a
weighted-average exercise price of $11.93 per share; and at
June 30, 2004, exercisable options to purchase a total of
385,000 shares were outstanding at a weighted average
exercise price of $10.17 per share.  The weighted average
remaining contractual life of those options exercisable at June
30, 2006 was 6.63 years.

78

At July 1, 2005, approximately 448,000 stock options
were unvested with a weighted average fair value of $8.31 per
option. At June 30, 2006, approximately 320,000 stock
options were unvested with a weighted average fair value of
$8.15. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006, approxi-
mately 42,000 stock options were granted with a weighted
average fair value of $6.57, approximately 73,000 options
were forfeited prior to vesting with a weighted average of
$9.77 and approximately 97,000 options were vested with a
weighted average of $6.97.

At June 30, 2006, the unvested stock option total of

approximately 320,000 had a weighted average contractual
remaining life and exercise price of 8.18 years and $13.21,
respectively.  As of the same date, the aggregate intrinsic value
of the unvested options was approximately $542,000.  At
June 30, 2006, and based upon the estimated forfeiture rate
of 10.5% per annum and the remaining vesting terms of
these options, the expected number of options to vest over
their remaining vesting terms was approximately 245,000
options.

The weighted-average fair values of stock options
granted during fiscal 2006, 2005 (restated) and 2004 were
$6.57, $8.55 and $7.10 per option share, respectively.

14.   Related-Party Transactions

A member of the Board of Directors is also a partner in

a professional services firm providing service to the Company.
For each of the years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004,
the member was paid $37,500, $31,250 and $35,000,
respectively, as Board fees; and the professional services firm
was paid $189,000, $588,000, and $390,000, respectively,
for services rendered.  At June 30, 2006, amounts payable to
this firm were approximately $41,000.

In May 2003, the Company entered into a license
agreement with DHRCC, Inc., which is wholly owned by
David Hall and Van Simmons who are two of the Company’s
stockholders and two of the directors of the Company.
Pursuant to that Agreement, the Company obtained (i) an
exclusive license to use, for up to a four year period ending
May 31, 2007, a customer list owned and compiled by
DHRCC, and certain other intangible assets owned by
DHRCC, and (ii) a non-exclusive license to use, in perpe-
tuity, a coin inventory control software program owned by
DHRCC, both for use by the Company’s David Hall Rare
Coins (“DHRC”) Division, which was engaged in the
business of selling collectible coins at retail.  Under that
agreement, the Company agreed to pay DHRCC, for the use
of the DHRCC customer list, a royalty equal to one and one
half percent (1.5%) of the net revenues of the Company’s
David Hall Rare Coins (“DHRC”) Division, on a quarterly
basis, but in no event to exceed (i) twenty percent (20%) of
the quarterly pre-tax profits of that division, or (ii) an

aggregate of $500,000 per year, whichever was less.  The
Company also paid DHRCC a one-time fee of $5,000 for
use of the other intangible assets licensed by the Company,
including the coin inventory software program.  The license
agreement was terminable by either party at any time,
without cause, on 30 days prior written notice to the other.
The license agreement was terminated by the Company as a
result of its decision, made in fiscal 2004, to discontinue its
collectibles sales businesses.  See note 4.

DHRCC had been engaged in the business of selling

collectible coins at retail until June 2000.  As a result of the
Company’s decision to discontinue that business, DHRCC
elected to resume selling collectible coins at retail and in
connection therewith DHRCC purchased certain fixed assets,
that had been used by the Company’s DHRCC division, for
a purchase price of $13,000, which was equal to the net book
value of those assets on the Company’s books at March 31,
2003.  DHRCC also has subleased from the Company,
through November 6, 2009, approximately 2,200 square feet
of office space, located at the Company’s offices in Santa Ana,
California, at a rent equal to between $1.50 and $1.75 per
square foot per month.  That rent, per square foot, is equal
to the rent that was being paid to the Company by a prior
unaffiliated subtenant for comparable space in the same
building under a sublease entered into by the Company in
March 2004.  Rent received under the DHRCC sublease,
which commenced on March 1, 2004, totaled $41,059 in
fiscal 2006, $40,000 in fiscal 2005 and $13,000 in fiscal
2004.

In connection with its discontinuance of its retail coin
sales business, effective March 1, 2004 the Company engaged
DHRCC to sell the Company’s remaining inventory of
collectible coins that had been held for sale at retail by the
Company’s DHRC division.  Sales of collectible coins by
DHRCC pursuant to this engagement totaled $0, $11,000
and $840,000, respectively, for the periods ended June 30,
2006, 2005 and 2004, and the Company paid DHRCC
commissions of $0, $1,000 and $84,000, respectively, in
connection with those sales.  

All of the above-described transactions with DHRCC

were approved by the disinterested members of the
Company’s Board of Directors.

During 2005, the Company charged DHRCC approxi-

mately $29,000 for advertising fees, and approximately
$26,000 for grading and authentication fees, which were
comparable to the fees charged by the Company in the
ordinary course of its business to unaffiliated customers for
similar services.  During 2005, the Company also reimbursed
DHRCC for warranty claims of approximately $11,000 in
accordance with its standard authentication and grading
warranty, and paid DHRCC approximately $9,000 for the
purchase of certain coin inventory.

79

During 2006, the Company charged DHRCC approxi-

Upon acquisition of GCAL, the Company assumed

mately $29,000 for advertising fees, approximately $3,000
for grading and authentication fees, approximately $53,000
in warranty claims and paid $0 for the purchase of certain
coin inventory.

As part of the acquisition of GCAL in November

2005, the Company acquired certain assets from
Gemological Appraisal Association (“GAA”), a business
owned and managed by the current President of GCAL.  As
part of the acquisition agreement, GAA entered into a
sublease agreement with GCAL, which expires in May 2008,
to sublease 50% of the leased premises of GCAL and also
reimburse GCAL for 50% of other occupancy costs.  From
the date of acquisition to June 30, 2006, GAA paid approxi-
mately $25,000 under the sub-lease agreement, and approxi-
mately $6,000 for reimbursable occupancy expenses.

obligations under a property lease that expires on May 31,
2008.  Such lease provides for minimum annual payments of
approximately $76,000, of which 50% of this space is
subleased to a company affiliated with the current president
of GCAL.  On July 1, 2006, GCAL leased and occupied
additional space in the same building.  Under the terms of
the new lease agreement, GCAL will lease the facility from
July 1, 2006 to December 1, 2015.  Minimum lease
payments for the new space, which are included in the
commitments table for fiscal years 2007 to 2011, are
expected to be $170,000, $329,000, $339,000, $349,000
and $360,000, respectively.  In addition, the Company has
initiated construction within this facility for the purpose of
leasehold improvements for which it expects to incur costs of
approximately $773,000 during the three months ending
September 30, 2006.

15.   Commitments and Contingencies

Employment Agreements

Leases

The Company has various operating lease commitments

for facilities and equipment that expire through December
2015.  During fiscal 2006, the Company subleased office
space that was in excess of its current requirements to an
unaffiliated third party and also to two related parties (see
note 14).  Such lease for office space contains escalations over
the term of the lease.  In accordance with SFAS No. 13, rent
expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease
period.  Total rent expense, net of sublease income, was
approximately $1,629,000, $1,349,000 and $1,462,000,
respectively, for the years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and
2004.  At June 30, 2006, deferred rent (representing the
cumulative difference between rent paid and the rent expense
recognized) was $402,000.  On October 1, 2005, the
sublease to the unaffiliated third party was cancelled.  Future
minimum lease payments under these agreements are as
follows:

2007 ............................. $1,491
1,674
2008 .............................
1,630
2009 .............................
855
2010 .............................
393
2011 .............................
1,756
Thereafter .....................

(In thousands)

Net

Sublease
Income

_____________________________
Company’s
Gross
Payment
_________      ________       ______
$1,410
1,594
1,585
840
393
1,756
_________      ________       ______
$7,578
_________      ________       ______
_________      ________       ______

$ 81
80
45
15
-
-

$7,799

$221

The Company has entered into employment agreements
with certain executive officers and other key employees.  The
employment agreements provide for minimum salary levels,
incentive compensation and severance benefits, among other
items.

Guarantees

As discussed in note 10, the Company has guaranteed
the obligations of CFC under its line of credit.  However,
since CFC is a wholly-owned, consolidated subsidiary of the
Company, its line of credit borrowings, which the Company
has guaranteed, are required to be set forth on our consoli-
dated balance sheet.  There were no such borrowings
outstanding at June 30, 2006. 

Indemnification Obligations

The Company from time to time enters into certain
types of contracts that contingently require the Company to
indemnify parties against third-party claims.  These contracts
primarily relate to (i) agreements pursuant to which the
Company has sold its discontinued collectibles sales
businesses and which require the Company to indemnify the
purchasers from certain contingent liabilities that might arise
from the operation of those businesses prior to their sale by
the Company, which is customary in business sale transac-
tions such as these; (ii) certain real estate leases under which
the Company may be required to indemnify property owners
for environmental or other liabilities and other claims arising
from the Company’s use of the applicable premises; and (iii)
certain agreements with the Company’s officers and directors,
under which the Company may be required to indemnify
such persons for liabilities arising out of their relationships as

80

As also previously reported, at the conclusion of the trial,

which took place in October 2005, (i) the jury found that
the Company had used Miller’s name without his consent on
14,060 authentication certificates, but that Miller had
sustained actual damages from that use totaling $14,060; and
(ii) the parties entered into a stipulated judgment in the case,
which, among other things, provides that Miller’s statutory
damages arising from the actions of the Company were zero.
The court left unresolved and for future determination the
issue of which party, if any, was the prevailing party in the
lawsuit, which would determine which party, if any, is
entitled to recover its attorney’s fees from the other party.

In December 2005, Miller filed a Notice of Appeal
seeking an appellate court review, a reversal of the judgment
entered by the trial court and a finding, that as a matter of
law, he is entitled to statutory damages equal to $750 for
each use of his name by the Company, or more than $10
million in total.   Miller filed an opening brief in August
2006, and we expect that various responsive briefs will be
filed through February 2007. The Company has been
informed by its trial counsel that, in California, it sometimes
takes as long as two years, from the filing of an appeal of a
damage award, before the appeal is actually heard by an
appellate court. 

The Company continues to believe that it will not incur
any material liability to Miller in this case.  However, there is
little interpretive history with respect to the measure of
damages in a case such as the Miller case, creating a number
of relatively novel legal issues.  As a result, it is not possible to
predict, with certainty, how an appellate court will ultimately
rule on the issue of damages.

Other Legal Actions

The Company is named from time to time, as a
defendant in lawsuits that arise in the ordinary course of
business.  Management of the Company believes that none of
those lawsuits currently pending against it is likely to have a
material adverse effect on the Company.

officers or directors of the Company.  The terms of such
indemnification obligations vary by contract and in most
instances a specific or maximum dollar amount is not
explicitly stated therein.  Historically, the Company has not
been obligated to make significant payments under, and no
liabilities have been recorded in the accompanying consoli-
dated balance sheets for, these indemnification obligations.

Legal Settlement

As previously reported, the Company was named as a

co-defendant in a lawsuit brought by Real Legends Inc,
(“Plaintiff ”), against When It Was a Game (“WIWAG”), a
sports card dealer.  In the lawsuit, Plaintiff was seeking
alleged damages to its business of $4 million, alleged to have
arisen out of actions taken by WIWAG, together with
punitive damages.  Plaintiff also alleged that the Company
was liable for those damages, because a Company employee
had introduced WIWAG to Plaintiff.

On January 26, 2005, the Company and Plaintiff settled

that lawsuit.  Pursuant to the settlement, all claims against
the Company were released by Plaintiff and the Company
paid Plaintiff the sum of $600,000 on or about February 23,
2005.  The cost of the settlement to the Company, net of
$100,000 insurance reimbursement, was $500,000, which
was recorded as part of operating expenses in the Company’s
consolidated statements of operations for the year ended June
30, 2005.

Other Legal Matter

Bill Miller v. Collectors Universe, Inc.  As previously
reported, the Company was a defendant in this legal action,
which was brought in the Superior Court of California,
County of Orange, by Bill Miller, a former employee of the
Company, who was president of one of the Company’s
collectibles sales businesses that was sold in 2004 and an
expert in the authentication of autographs and memorabilia.
Miller alleged that the Company had issued authentication
certificates bearing his name without his consent, in violation
of a California statute prohibiting unauthorized appropri-
ation of a person’s name, signature or likeness.  The statute
provides that a person whose name, signature or likeness has
been misappropriated, in violation of the statute, is entitled
to recover the greater of $750 or the actual damages suffered
as a result of the unauthorized use, and any profits from that
were attributable to that unauthorized use that are not taken
into account in computing the actual damages.  The
Company denied Miller’s allegations and asserted that he was
not entitled to any recovery under the statute in excess of his
actual damages and that he had not suffered any actual
damages as a result of the issuance of the certificates.  

81

16.   Segment, Geographic and Major 

Customer Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an

enterprise about which separate financial information is
available that is evaluated regularly by the Company’s chief
operating decision maker, or decision making group, in
deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing
performance.  The Company’s chief operating decision maker
is its Chief Executive Officer.  The operating segments of the
Company are organized based on the services it offers.
Similar operating segments have been aggregated to
reportable operating segments based on having similar
products or services, types of customers, and other criteria
under SFAS No. 131, Disclosures About Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information.

For our continuing operations, we operate principally in
four service segments: coins, sportscards, diamonds and other
high-value collectibles.  Services provided by these segments
include authentication, grading, publication, advertising and
subscription-based revenues.  The other collectibles segment
includes autographs, stamps, currency and the CCE
subscription businesses, none of which meet the quantitative
thresholds to qualify as a separate segment, as defined in
SFAS No. 131.

We allocate operating expenses to each service segment

based upon activity levels.  Stock-based compensation is
recognized by segment for those employees of the reported
segment.  We do not allocate specific assets to those service
segments.  All of our sales and identifiable assets are located
in the United States.  No individual customer accounted for
10% or more of revenue in any of the years ended June 30,
2006, 2005 and 2004.

Year Ended June 30 
(in thousands)
__________________________________
2005
________         ________
________     

2004

2006

Net revenues from external customers

Coins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Sportscards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Diamonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Total revenue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

$23,829
8,461
373
4,251
________     
36,914
________     

$23,203
8,143
-
2,261
33,607

$17,474
7,126
-
1,820
________         ________
26,420
________         ________

Operating income before unallocated expenses

Coins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Sportscards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Diamonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Unallocated operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Settlement of lawsuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Consolidated operating income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

11,542
1,153
(1,459)
6
________     
11,242
________     
(7,473)
-
________     
$ 3,769
________     
________     

8,837
12,183
968
1,344
-
-
(117)
(704)
________         ________
9,688
12,823
________         ________
(5,419)
(5,356)
-
(500)
________         ________
$ 6,967
$ 4,269
________         ________
________         ________

82

Quarterly Reports of Operations (Unaudited)

The following table presents quarterly unaudited consolidated financial information for the eight quarters in the period
ended June 30, 2006.  Such information is presented on the same basis as the annual information presented in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements.  In management’s opinion, this information reflects all adjustments that are necessary for a fair
presentation of the results for these periods.

Quarters Ended
(In thousands, except per share data)
_____________________________________________________________________________
Sept. 30, Dec. 31, Mar. 31,
June 30,
2006(1)
2004
_______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______

Dec. 31, Mar. 31,

Sept. 30,
2005

June 30,
2005

2004

2005

2005

2006

Statement of Operations Data:
Net revenues
Cost of revenues

Gross profit
SG&A expenses
Settlement of lawsuit

Operating income 
Interest and other income, net

Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes

Income from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, 

net of gain on sales of discontinued 
businesses (net of income taxes)

Net income

Net income per basic share:

Income from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, 

net of gain on sales of discontinued 

businesses (net of income taxes)

Net income

Net income per diluted share:

Income from continuing operations 
Income (loss) from discontinued 

operations, net of gain on sales of 

discontinued businesses
(net of income taxes)

Net income

Weighted average shares outstanding

Basic
Diluted

$7,982
2,998

$8,955
3,263

$8,475
3,152

$7,447
3,118

$8,825
3,372

$8,195
2,826

$10,022
4,088

5,692
3,464
-

4,984
3,040
500

5,369
3,244
-

$10,620
4,312
_______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______
6,308
5,369
-
_______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______
939
606
_______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______
1,545
768
_______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______
777

5,934
4,632
-

5,453
4,310
-

5,323
4,153
-

4,329
3,944
-

1,556
628

1,701
654

2,453
981

1,001
447

1,898
804

2,189
878

1,693
714

2,125
64

2,228
225

1,170
531

1,444
112

1,143
550

1,302
596

385
616

1,311

1,047

1,472

1,094

928

979

554

(69)

127
_______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______
$904
_______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______

$1,242

$1,094

$1,469

$1,186

$921

$967

$735

(12)

139

181

(7)

(3)

-

$0.21

$0.15

$0.21

$0.12

$0.11

$0.07

$0.13

$0.09

(0.01)

0.02
_______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______
$0.11
_______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______
_______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______

$0.20

$0.11

$0.09

$0.21

$0.15

$0.14

$0.13

0.02

0.02

-

-

-

-

$0.20

$0.14

$0.19

$0.12

$0.11

$0.06

$0.12

$0.09

(0.01)

0.01
_______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______
$0.10
_______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______
_______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______     _______

$0.19

$0.13

$0.14

$0.19

$0.12

$0.08

$0.11

0.02

0.01

-

-

-

-

6,214
6,569

6,242
6,695

7,113
7,571

8,479
8,902

8,486
8,806

8,488
8,803

8,485
8,822

8,433
8,750

(1)During the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company determined that assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model
related principally to the expected term of an option and the forfeiture rate used in the determination of stock-based compen-
sation expense (see related discussion in note 2) during fiscal 2006 were incorrect. We determined that the stock-based compen-
sation expense recognized during the interim periods of 2006 was understated by approximately $35,000 in each of the first three
quarters of 2006, or approximately $105,000 for the nine month period ended March 31, 2006.  We also determined that the
understatement of expense in each of the interim periods of 2006 was immaterial to each quarter, and, accordingly, in the fourth
quarter of 2006, we recorded a correcting adjustment of $105,000 to stock-based compensation expense, or approximately $0.01
per diluted share. Accordingly, this adjustment is reflected in cost of revenues ($47,000) and selling, general and administrative
expense ($58,000).

83

18.   Subsequent Events

On July 11, 2006, the Company acquired all of the outstanding membership units of Expos Unlimited LLC (“Expos”), a

California limited liability company, for $2,400,000 in cash, of which $2,370,000 was paid to the former members on or about
July 12, 2006. Depending on the future financial performance of Expos, the Company may become obligated to make
contingent payments to the former members up to an aggregate of $750,000 over the next five years. Expos owns and operates
the Long Beach Coin, Stamp & Collectibles Expo (“Long Beach”) and the Santa Clara Coin, Stamp & Collectibles Expo (“Santa
Clara”), which comprise, in total, of five trade shows held annually. At both the Long Beach and Santa Clara expos, leading
numismatic, philatelic and collectibles dealers offer rare and valuable collectibles to the public, while auctions of coins and
currency are conducted alongside exhibitions of major numismatic and collectible interest.

On August 15, 2006, the Board of Directors declared a regular quarterly dividend of $0.08 per common share, which was
paid on September 12, 2006 to stockholders of record on August 29, 2006.  The aggregate amount of such dividend was approx-
imately $670,000.

On August 18, 2006, the Company acquired American Gemological Laboratories (AGL), an international forensic colored

gemstone certification and grading laboratory.  AGL is one of the leading third party authentication and grading services for
colored gemstones, including colored gemstones that are sold at auction through Sotheby’s and Christies and by jewelry retailers
such as Cartier and Fred Leighton.  The Company paid an aggregate acquisition price of $3.5 million in cash for AGL, and,
depending on the future financial performance of AGL; the Company may become obligated to make payments of up to an
aggregate of an additional $3.5 million over the next five years.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Schedule II 
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Description
_________

Allowance for doubtful accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Inventory reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Total at June 30, 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Allowance for doubtful accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Inventory reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Total at June 30, 2005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Allowance for doubtful accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Allowance for customer notes receivable . . . . . . . . . . 
Inventory reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Total at June 30, 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Balance at
Beginning
of Period

Charged to
Cost of
Revenues
__________     __________     __________     __________     __________

Charged to
Operating
Expenses

Balance
At End
of Period

Net
Deductions

$29,000
-
$29,000

-
53,000
__________     __________     __________     __________     __________
$53,000
__________     __________     __________     __________     __________
__________     __________     __________     __________     __________

$(30,000)
-
$(30,000)

$ 30,000
53,000
$ 83,000

$31,000
-
$31,000

$

$30,000
53,000
$83,000

-
26,000
__________     __________     __________     __________     __________
$26,000
__________     __________     __________     __________     __________
__________     __________     __________     __________     __________

$(9,000)
(45,000)
$(54,000)

$ 38,000
34,000
$72,000

$17,000
-
$17,000

$

$38,000
-
34,000
$72,000

-
-
72,000
__________     __________     __________     __________     __________
$72,000
__________     __________     __________     __________     __________
__________     __________     __________     __________     __________

$(24,000)
-
-
$(24,000)

$ 37,000
16,000
106,000
$159,000

$23,000
16,000
-
$39,000

$

84

ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS

During the period from July 1, 2003 to February 8,

WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING 
AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

As previously reported in a Current Report on Form 8-K

dated January 26, 2005, on that date we were informed by
Deloitte & Touche LLP (“D&T”) that it had decided to
resign as the Company’s independent registered public
accounting firm upon the completion of D&T’s review of
the Company’s interim financial information to be included
in its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for our second quarter
that ended on December 31, 2004.  We were informed by
D&T that its decision to resign was not the result of any
disagreements between us and D&T on matters of
accounting principles or practices, financial statement
disclosure or auditing scope or procedures.  

The audit reports of D&T on our financial statements

for fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 contained no adverse
opinion or disclaimer of opinion, and were not qualified or
modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting
principles.

During the period from July 1, 2003, the beginning of
fiscal 2004, to January 26, 2005, there were no disagreements
between us and D&T on any matter of accounting principles
or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope
or procedures which, if not resolved to D&T’s satisfaction,
would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter
of the disagreement in connection with its reports.

During the period from July 1, 2003 to January 26,
2005 there were no reportable events as defined in Item
304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.  

We provided D&T with a copy of the disclosure we

included in our Current Report on Form 8-K reporting its
resignation and, at our request D&T furnished us with a
letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission
stating whether D&T agreed with the statements that we
have made in that Current Report.  A copy of D&T’s letter
was attached to that Report as Exhibit 16.1.

As also previously reported, in a Current Report on
Form 8-K dated February 8, 2005, that we had filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, the Audit Committee
of the Company’s Board of Directors approved the
appointment and engagement of Grant Thornton LLP
(“Grant Thornton”) as the Company’s independent registered
public accounting firm.  

2005 (the date Grant Thornton was engaged), neither the
Company, nor anyone acting on its behalf, consulted with
Grant Thornton regarding (i) the application of accounting
principles to any specified transaction, either completed or
proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be
rendered on the Company’s financial statements, or (ii) any
of the matters or events set forth in Item 304(a)(2)(ii) of
Regulation S-K.

ITEM 9A.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended) are designed to provide reasonable
assurance that information required to be disclosed in our
reports filed under that Act (the Exchange Act), such as this
Annual Report on Form 10-K, is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in
the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Our
disclosure controls and procedures also are designed to ensure
that such information is accumulated and communicated to
our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding
required disclosures. 

Our management, under the supervision and with the
participation of our Chief Executive Officer and the Chief
Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure
controls and procedures in effect as of June 30, 2006.   Based
on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer concluded that, as of June 30, 2006, our
disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide
reasonable assurance that material information, relating to
the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, required to be
included in our Exchange Act reports, including this Annual
Report on Form 10-K, is made known to management,
including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer, on a timely basis.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over

financial reporting that occurred during our fourth fiscal
quarter ended June 30, 2006 that have materially affected, or
are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control
over financial reporting.

85

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial

Management’s Assessment and Determination 

Reporting 

Our management assessed the effectiveness of Collectors
Universe’s internal control over financial reporting as of June
30, 2006, based on criteria for effective internal control over
financial reporting described in “Internal Control –
Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the
design and the testing of the operational effectiveness of
Collectors Universe’s internal control over financial reporting.
Management reviewed the results of its assessment with the
Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. 

Based on that assessment, management determined that,

as of June 30, 2006, Collectors Universe, Inc. maintained
effective internal control over financial reporting. 

Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public
accounting firm, which audited and reported on our consoli-
dated financial statements for the fiscal year ended June 30,
2006 which are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-
K, has issued an attestation report on management’s
assessment of internal control over financial reporting, which
is set forth below. 

Management of Collectors Universe, Inc. is responsible

for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control
over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f ) and
15d-15(f ) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over
financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes
in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States of America.  Internal control over
financial reporting includes those written policies and proce-
dures that: 

• pertain to the maintenance of records that, in

reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the trans-
actions and dispositions of our assets; 

• provide reasonable assurance that transactions are
recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of
America; 

• provide reasonable assurance that our receipts and

expenditures are being made only in accordance with
authorization of our management and directors; and 

• provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or
timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or
disposition of assets that could have a material effect
on our consolidated financial statements. 

Internal control over financial reporting includes the

controls themselves, monitoring and internal auditing
practices and actions taken to correct deficiencies as
identified. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risks that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions or because the
degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate. 

8686

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Collectors Universe, Inc. and Subsidiaries: 

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Collectors Universe, Inc. and subsidiaries
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Collectors Universe, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained
effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control—
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  Collectors
Universe, Inc. and subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and
for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on
our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United

States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective
internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audit included obtaining an understanding
of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design of the
operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circum-
stances.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that
(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions
of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also,

projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, management’s assessment that Collectors Universe, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained effective internal control

over financial reporting as of June 30, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established in Internal
Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Also in
our opinion, Collectors Universe, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of June 30, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),
the consolidated balance sheet of Collectors Universe, Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2006 and 2005, and the related consol-
idated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended and our report dated September 7,
2006 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Irvine, California 
September 7, 2006 

8787

ITEM 9B.   OTHER INFORMATION

None

ITEM 10.   DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

PART III

Except for information concerning the Company’s executive officers, which is included in Part I of this Annual Report, the

information required by Item 10 is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement, expected to be filed
with the Commission on or before October 28, 2006, for the Company’s 2006 annual stockholders’ meeting.

ITEM 11.   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement,
expected to be filed with the Commission on or before October 28, 2006, for the Company’s 2006 annual stockholders’ meeting. 

ITEM 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Except for the information below regarding our equity compensation plans, the information required by Item 12 is incorpo-
rated herein by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement, expected to be filed with the Commission on or before
October 28, 2006, for the Company’s 2006 annual stockholders’ meeting.

The following table provides information relating to our equity compensation plans as of June 30, 2006 

Column A

Column B

Number of Securities to
be Issued Upon Exercise
of Outstanding Options
And Warrants

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options and
Warrants

Column C
Number of Securities
Remaining Available for Future
Issuance under Equity
Compensation Plans
(Excluding Securities Reflected
in Column A)

___________________           ______________           _________________________

Equity compensation plans approved by 

shareholders

Equity compensation not approved by

by shareholders (1)

Total

876,000

$12.69

437,000

___________________           ______________           _________________________

___________________           ______________           _________________________
___________________           ______________           _________________________

295,000
1,171,000

-
437,000

11.18
$12.31

(1) Warrants to purchase common stock granted to non-employee service providers in the fiscal years ended June 30, 1997 and 1999. 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The information required by Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement,
expected to be filed with the Commission on or before October 28, 2006, for the Company’s 2006 annual stockholders’ meeting.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement,
expected to be filed with the Commission on or before October 28, 2006, for the Company’s 2006 annual stockholders’ meeting.

8888

PART IV

ITEM 15 EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)(1)   Financial Statements

The following financial statements are included in Item 8 of Form 10-K:

Report of Grant Thornton LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Report of Deloitte & Touche, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2006 and 2005

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(a)(2)   Financial Statement Schedule

Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

The other schedules are omitted because the required information is either inapplicable or has been disclosed in the
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

(a)(3)   Exhibits

See Index to Exhibits immediately following the Signature Page of this Annual Report for a list of the Exhibits
required, pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K, to be filed with this Annual Report. 

8989

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual

Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

Date:  September 13, 2006

COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC

By:
/s/  JOSEPH J. WALLACE
Joseph J. Wallace, Chief Financial Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature to this Annual Report appears below hereby appoints Michael R. Haynes, Joseph J. Wallace
and Michael J. Lewis, and any of them, individually, to act severally as attorneys-in-fact and agents, with power of substitution
and resubstitution, for each of them, to sign on his behalf, individually and in the capacities stated below, and to file, any and all
amendments to this Annual Report, which amendment or amendments may make changes and additions as such attorneys-in-
fact may deem necessary or appropriate.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report has been signed by the following

persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
__________________________________       ___________________________________________       ________________

Date

Title

/s/ A. CLINTON ALLEN
A. Clinton Allen

Chairman of the Board and Director

September 13, 2006

/s/ MICHAEL R. HAYNES
Michael R. Haynes

Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

September 13, 2006

/s/ DAVID HALL
David G. Hall

President and Director

September 13, 2006

/s/ JOSEPH J. WALLACE
Joseph J. Wallace

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ BEN A. FRYDMAN
Ben A. Frydman

/s/ VAN D. SIMMONS
Van D. Simmons

/s/ A. J. BERT MOYER
A. J. Bert Moyer

Director

Director

Director

September 13, 2006

September 13, 2006

September 13, 2006

September 13, 2006

/s/ DEBORAH A. FARRINGTON
Deborah A. Farrington
____________________________________________________________________________________________________

September 13, 2006

Director

S-1

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit No.
_________     _______________________________________________________________________________________________ 

Description

1.1

1.2

3.2

3.2.1

3.3

4.1

4.2

5.1

10.1

10.2

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.24

10.25

Form of Underwriting Agreement.*

Form of Underwriting Agreement between Collectors Universe and Thomas Weisel Partners LLC, Needham &
Company, Inc. and Roth Capital Partners LLC.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-122129), filed on February 14, 2005.  

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Collectors Universe.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to
the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-122129), filed on January 19, 2005.  

Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Collectors Universe.  Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 3.2.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-122129), filed on
January 19, 2005.  

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Collectors Universe, as adopted September 1, 1999.*

Registration Rights Agreement.*

Form of Registration Rights Agreement for Stockholders pursuant to private placement.*

Opinion of Stradling Yocca Carlson & Rauth, a Professional Corporation.*

Collectors Universe 1999 Stock Incentive Plan.*

Form of Stock Option Agreement for the Collectors Universe 1999 Plan.*

PCGS 1999 Stock Incentive Plan.*

Form of Stock Option Agreement for the PCGS 1999 Plan.*

Employee Stock Purchase Plan.*

Form of indemnification Agreement.*

Asset Acquisition Agreement dated January 25, 1999 between Professional Coin Grading Service, Inc., 
Info Exchange, Inc. and Brent Gutenkunst.*

Collectors Universe/eBay Mutual Services Term Sheet dated February 10, 1999, between the Company and eBay, Inc.*

Net Lease between Orix Searls Santa Ana Venture and Collectors Universe, dated June, 1999.*

Agreement for the Sale of Goods and Services dated March 31,1999, between the Company and DNA Technologies, *

Contribution and Acquisition Agreement dated February 3, 1999, between the Company and Hugh Sconyers.*

Contribution and Acquisition Agreement dated February 3, 1999, between the Company and BJ Searls.*

Contribution and Acquisition Agreement dated February 3, 1999, between the Company and Greg Bussineau.*

Contribution and Acquisition Agreement dated February 3, 1999, between the Company and Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins*

Contribution and Acquisition Agreement dated February 3, 1999, between the Company, 
Kingswood Coin Auction, LLC and the Members of Kingswood.*

Contribution and Acquisition Agreement dated February 3, 1999, between the Company 
and Professional Coin Grading Service, Inc.*

Employment Agreement dated March 1999, between Superior Sportscard Auctions, LLC and Greg Bussineau.*

Employment Agreement dated March 5, 1999, between Lyn F. Knight, Lyn Knight Currency Auctions, Inc. 
and Collectors Universe.*

Asset Purchase Agreements between Collectors Universe, Inc. and Auctions by Bowers and Merena, Inc., Bowers and
Merena Galleries, Inc. and Bowers and Merena Research, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 21, 2000).*  

Asset Purchase Agreements dated February 19, 2004 between Collectors Universe, Inc. and Spectrum Numismatics, Inc.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated February 19, 2004).

E-1

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
(Continued)

Exhibit No.
_________     _______________________________________________________________________________________________ 

Description

10.26

10.27

10.28

10.29

10.30

10.30.1

10.30.2

10.31

10.32

10.33

10.34

10.35

10.36

21.1

23.1

23.2

31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

Non-Competition Agreement dated February 19, 2004 between Collectors Universe, Inc. and Spectrum Numismatics,
Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated February 19, 2004).

Collectors Universe 2003 Stock Incentive Plan.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration
Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-121035), filed on December 6, 2004.

Form of Stock Option Agreement for 2003 Stock Incentive Plan.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-121035), filed on December 6, 2004.

Form of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement for 2003 Stock Incentive Plan.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3
to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-121035), filed on December 6, 2004.

Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2003, between the Company and Michael Haynes.  Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.30 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-122129), filed on January 19,
2005. 

First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated October 1, 2003, between the Company and Michael Haynes.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-
122129), filed on January 19, 2005.

Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated November 1, 2004, between the Company and Michael Haynes.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-
122129), filed on January 19, 2005.

2005 Management Bonus Plan.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.99 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2004, filed with the Commission on February 14, 2005 

Loan and Security Agreement between Collectors Finance Corporation and California Bank & Trust 
dated as of June 30, 2005.

Continuing Guaranty issued as of June 30, 2005 by Collectors Universe, Inc. to California Bank & Trust.

Asset Purchase Agreement among Collectors universe, inc., Gemprint Corporation, CVF Technologies Corporation,
Heptagon Investments Ltd. and 1456733 Ontario, Inc., dated November 25, 2005, providing for the Company’s acqui-
sition of the assets of Gemprint Corporation.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Company’s Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2005, filed with the Commission on February 9, 2006. 

Employment Agreement Extension between Collectors Universe, Inc. and Michael R. Haynes.  Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 17, 2006 and filed with the Commission
on March 23, 2006.

2006 Management Bonus Plans.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form
8-K dated March 17, 2006 and filed with the Commission on March 23, 2006.

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Certifications of CEO Under Section 302 Of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

Certifications of CFO Under Section 302 Of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

CEO Certification of Periodic Report Under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

CFO Certification of Periodic Report Under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

* Incorporated by reference to the same numbered exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement (No. 333-86449) on Form S-1 filed
with the Commission on September 2, 1999.

E-2

Collectors Universe Experts Carefully Examine High Value Assets
The experts at each of the authentication and grading divisions of Collectors Universe examine the diagnostics for each item
in order to provide authenticity designations and review the item for quality based on our published grading standards. Once
the expert completes the process, the results are keyed into the desktop computing systems and held in the database matched
with the item number for later production of the applicable statement to be sent to the submitter.

For PSA, each sportscard is examined for edge alterations,
corner damage, freshness of color and other elements.

In GCAL, technology is employed in every phase to verify
natural and synthetic, identify inclusions for clarity, examine
color variances, produce Sarin measurements, provide
Spectrometer measurements along with other techniques.

Paper currency is verified and graded by PCGS
Currency taking into account paper analysis, ink freshness
and color, edge alterations and other factors.

For PSA/DNA, autographs are first confirmed by
the contemporaneous nature of the media with the
signator, the shape and form of the characters in
comparison with over 50,000 exemplars, the flow
of the handwriting and other characteristics.

Stamps are examined for paper irregularities,
perforation inconsistencies based on measurements and
scales of known perforation schemes, freshness of color,
ultra-violet light paper analysis and other diagnostics.

©2006 Collectors Universe, Inc.

For PCGS, each coin is carefully examined for
strike and die characteristics, mintmark analysis,
planchet review, brilliance and luster analysis
and other identifying characteristics.

COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.
P.O. Box 6280 • Newport Beach, California 92658
949-567-1234 • www.collectors.com

Corporate Officers

Michael R. Haynes, Sr.
Chief Executive Officer

David G. Hall
President

Joseph J. Wallace
Chief Financial Officer

Michael J. Lewis
Senior Vice President Finance

Corporate Counsel

Ben A. Frydman
Stradling Yocca Carlson & Rauth

Outside Auditors
Grant Thornton LLP
Irvine, California

Investment Bankers
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
Needham & Company, Inc.
Roth Capital Partners

Investor Relations
Brandi Piacente
Managing Director
The Piacente Group 
475 Park Avenue, 29th floor
New York, NY 10016
212-481-2050
brandi@thepiacentegroup.com

Transfer Agent
U.S. Stock Transfer Corporation
1745 Gardena Avenue
Glendale, CA 91204-2991

Board of Directors 

A. Clinton Allen, Chairman of the Board 
C.E.O., A.C. Allen & Company

A. J. Bert Moyer, Chairman Audit Committee
Moyer & Associates

Deborah A. Farrington, Chairman
Compensation Committee
Partner, StarVest Partners, L.P. 

Ben A. Frydman
Partner, Stradling Yocca Carlson & Rauth

Michael R. Haynes, Sr. 
Chief Executive Officer, Collectors Universe, Inc. 

David G. Hall
President and Co-Founder, Collectors Universe, Inc.

Van D. Simmons
President, David Hall Rare Coins; Co-Founder,
Collectors Universe, Inc.

Exchange for Securities
NASDAQ Global Market
Symbol: CLCT

Division Presidents

Professional Coin Grading Service
Ronald J. Guth

Professional Sports Authenticators
Joseph J. Orlando

PSA/DNA Authentication Services
Joseph J. Orlando

Professional Stamp Experts
Michael W. Sherman

Certified Coin Exchange
Cassi D. East

Collectors Finance Corporation
Michael J. Lewis

Gem Certification & Assurance Lab
Donald A. Palmieri

American Gemological Laboratories
C. R. Beesley

Expos Unlimited
Ronald J. Gillio